FD836B-EHVF2 - Security Camera Vivotek - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL FD836B-EHVF2 Vivotek

FD836B-(E)HVF2, FD836B-(E)HTV,

FD8382-(E)VF2, FD8382-(E)TV

User's Manual

Fixed Dome

Network Camera

H.264 • 2MP/5MP • 30M IR • P-iris • Smart Stream • Smart IR

Line drawing of a helmet or seat with a dome and arched head (no text or symbols)

Rev. 1.1

Table of Contents

Overview 3

Revision History ....3

Read Before Use....4

Package Contents 4

Symbols and Statements in this Document....4

Physical Description....5

Hardware Installation....6

Network Deployment....14

Software Installation....17

Ready to Use....18

Auto Focus (for Motorized Lens Models only)....19

Accessing the Network Camera 20

Using Web Browsers....20

Using RTSP Players....23

Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices....24

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software....25

Main Page 26

Client Settings 31

Configuration 36

System > General settings....37

System > Homepage layout ....39

System > Logs 42

System > Parameters ....44

System > Maintenance....45

Media > Image 49

Media > Video 62

Media >Audio....70

Network > General settings....71

Network > Streaming protocols ....79

Network > SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)....88

Security > User accounts ....89

Security > HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL) 90

Security > Access List 97

PTZ > PTZ settings ....102

Event > Event settings....106

Applications > Motion detection....120

Applications > DI and DO 123

Applications > Tampering detection ....124

Applications >Audio detection 125

Applications > Package management - a.k.a., VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform) .....127

Recording > Recording settings 130

Local storage > SD card management....135

Local storage > Content management....136

Appendix 139

URL Commands for the Network Camera....139

Technical Specifications 287

Technology License Notice....288

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)....289

Overview

VIVOTEK's FD836B-HV range is a series of robust, dome-style network cameras designed for diverse outdoor applications and offering a broad range of options. Equipped with a Full HD sensor enabling viewing resolution of 1920x1080 at a smooth 30 fps, the FD836B-HV series are all-in-one outdoor cameras capable of capturing high quality and high resolution video at up to 2 Megapixels whether in high contrast or low light with WDR and SNV technology.

Further increasing its flexibility, VIVOTEK's FD836B-HV series provides options for both fixed focus for simple operation without extra electrical power, and remote focus with built-in stepping motors and P-iris to provide precise adjustment remotely.

To meet the demands of any harsh outdoor application, VIVOTEK's FD836B-HV series is also armed with IP66-rated housing to help the camera body withstand rain, dust and high pressure water jets from any direction, while its IK10-rated housing provides robust protection against acts of vandalism or other impacts.

Finally, a wide operating temperature range further enhances the FD836B-HV's performance and reliability in extremely cold or hot weather, even when using PoE. When choosing VIVOTEK FD836B-HV series, customers will be offered four options: the FD836B-HVF2, FD836B-EHVF2, FD836B-HTV, and FD836B-EHTV. Different options can be chosen based on the requirements of your application, such as the need for a specific focusing method or operating environment temperature.

VIVOTEK's FD8382 is a series of economic professional outdoor fixed dome network cameras in VIVTOTEK's 5MP Lite series which offer up to 15 fps at 5-Megapixel or 30 fps at 1080p resolution at a competitive price. To create the perfect focus required to reap the benefits of higher resolutions, VIVOTEK's FD8382 series provides the options of both fixed focus, used for simple operation without electrical power, and remote focus with built-in stepping motors and P-iris for precise adjustment remotely.

Designed to provide higher resolution, the FD8382 series is an ideal solution to provide sharper image with more details. With powerful 3D Noise Reduction technology and Smart Stream technology, the IB8382 series can also optimize resolution for a desired object or area to maximize efficiency of bandwidth usage.

To provide higher resolution in outdoor and harsh environments, VIVOTEK's FD8382 series is also armed with IP66-rated housing to help the camera body withstand rain, dust and high pressure water jets from any direction, while its IK10-rated housing provides protection against acts of vandalism or other impacts. Additionally, a wide operating temperature range further improves the FD8382-EVF2 and the FD8382-ET's performance and reliability in extremely cold or warm weather, even when using PoE.

With the highly flexible VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform), users can extend the features of this series by adding third-party applications for the FD8382-VF2, FD8382-EVF2, FD8382-TV, and FD8382-ETV. Thus, the FD8382 series is not only equipped with multiple focusing methods and wide temperature range options, is but ideal for a wide variety of applications.

Revision History

■ Rev. 1.0: Initial release.
■ Rev. 1.1: Updated URL commands to rev. 1.4b.

Read Before Use

The use of surveillance devices may be prohibited by law in your country. The Network Camera is not only a high-performance web-ready camera but can also be part of a flexible surveillance system. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the operation of such devices is legal before installing this unit for its intended use.

It is important to first verify that all contents received are complete according to the Package Contents listed below. Take note of the warnings in the Quick Installation Guide before the Network Camera is installed; then carefully read and follow the instructions in the Installation chapter to avoid damage due to faulty assembly and installation. This also ensures the product is used properly as intended.

The Network Camera is a network device and its use should be straightforward for those who have basic networking knowledge. It is designed for various applications including video sharing, general security/surveillance, etc. The Configuration chapter suggests ways to best utilize the Network Camera and ensure proper operations. For creative and professional developers, the URL Commands of the Network Camera section serves as a helpful reference to customizing existing homepages or integrating with the current web server.

Package Contents

■ FD836B-(E)HVF2, FD836B-(E)HTV, FD8382-(E)VF2, FD8382-(E)TV
■ Screw pack
■ Quick Installation Guide & alignment sticker

Symbols and Statements in this Document

INFORMATION: provides important messages or advices that might help prevent inconvenient or problem situations.

NOTE: Notices provide guidance or advices that are related to the functional integrity of the machine.

Tips: Tips are useful information that helps enhance or facilitae an installation, function, or process.

WARNING! or IMPORTANT!: These statements indicate situations that can be dangerous or hazardous to the machine or you.

Electrical Hazard: This statement appears when high voltage electrical hazards might occur to an operator.

Physical Description

NOTE:

The "T" and "HT" models have an auto-focus motorized lens. Some of the suffix syntax are listed below:

E w/ heater for extreme weather

Fx Focal length w/ number

T w/ Remote focus lens

R w/ PoE repeater

H w/ High Dynamic Range functionality also known as WDR

Hardware Installation

1. Jot down the camera's MAC address for later reference. This is especially important if you install numerous cameras at an installation site.

1

Network Camera Model No: XXXXXX MAC: 0002D1083236 VIVO-TEK CE FC RoHS This device completes with part 15 of the P.C. Box. Connection is used in the following text format: • It is designed to use a device suitable for information. • Do it smoke them so go on the network above, including the device's type and size required for operation. Pat: 6,930,729 Made in Taiwan

Illustration of a hand holding a pen, no text or symbols present

1. Remove the dome cover by loosening the retention screws on the dome cover.

2

Technical line drawing of a spacecraft module with internal components and a top view showing a dome structure (no text or symbols)

1. Loosen and remove the waterproof connectors.
2. Insert an Ethernet cable through the cable gland, and the rubber seal.
3. Remove part of cable sheath.
4. You will need an RJ45 crimping tool to attach the Ethernet wires to a connector. When done, connect the cable to the camera's Ethernet RJ45 socket.

③ ④ ⑤ -12 mm ⑥ o: white/orange stripe O: orange solid g: white/green stripe B: blue solid b: white/blue stripe G: green solid br: white/brown stripe BR: brown solid o: O 1 g 2 B 3 G 4 br 5 BR 6

5~6.3mm DI/DO: 1.8~2.1mm

7

1. If applied, connect DI/DO wires, 12V DC power, or audio wires to the terminal block.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

# Name

1 EXT_MIC_N

2 EXT_MIC_P

3 Audio_out-

4 Audio_out+

5 DI-

6 DI+

7 DO-

8 DO+

9 12V DC-_IN

10 12V DC+_IN

8

1. Attach the included alignment sticker to a preferred location. Drill holes for mounting screws and if preferred, drill one or two routing holes.

A H H Alignment Sticker Screw

9

1. When fastening the screws, do not completely tighten the screws. Pass cables through the routing holes, and then mount the camera by passing the screw heads through the keyhole slots. Turn the camera counter-clock wise, and then fasten the screws.

Augment Sticker Hindler

10

1. If you route your cables through the side opening, you can use the side bushing to connect a protective 3/4" conduit. The conduit is user-supplied. You can use the included screws to secure the side bushing to wall.

3/4"

Please avoid using a conduit with a hex nut larger than 35mm.

Ø< 35mm ≤3/4"

1. Install the "Installation Wizard 2" software utility from your software CD. The program will search for VIVOTEK Video Receivers, Video Servers or Network Cameras on the same LAN.

Double-click on the camera's MAC address to open a browser management session with the camera.

11

graph TD
    A["LAN"] --> B["Laptop"]
    B --> C["Installation Wizard 2"]
    C --> D["Window 1: Windows 2023-05-26"]
    C --> E["Window 2: Windows 2023-07-24"]
    C --> F["Window 3: Windows 2023-08-23"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

1. With a live view displayed on your laptop, adjust the zoom and focus to obtain an optimal image. Check the live view to ensure the image is in focus.

The "T" models comes with motorized focus lens. Use the Auto Focus function in firmware menu for best image.

12 350° 350° 60°

1. Align and install the dome cover.

Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with labeled parts and an upward arrow indicating motion or assembly.

1. Remove the protection membrane from the dome cover.

LED Definitions

	Item	LED status Description
LED De finitions	1 Steady Red Powered and system booting, or network failed
	2 Steady Red and Green LED blinks every 1 sec.		Connected to network
	3 Green LED blinks every 1 sec. and RED LED blinks consecutively every 0.15 sec.		Upgrading firmware
	4	Green and RED blink every 0.15 sec, Green and RED light on, then blink again.	Restoring defaults
	5	RED LED is on, Green LED blinks and RED LED is constantly on.	Status after a reset (network connected)
		Green and RED LEDs are constantly on.	Status after a reset (network disconnected)

Hardware Reset

The reset button is used to reset the system or restore the factory default settings. Sometimes resetting the system can return the camera to normal operation. If the system problems remain after reset, restore the factory settings and install again.

Reset: Press the recessed reset button. Wait for the Network Camera to reboot.

Restore: Press and hold the reset button until the status LED rapidly blinks. Note that all settings will be restored to factory default. Upon successful restore, the status LED will blink green and red during normal operation.

SD/SDHC/SDXC Card Capacity

This network camera is compliant with SD/SDHC/SDXC 16GB / 8GB / 32GB / 64GB and other preceding standard SD cards.

Network Deployment

General Connection (PoE)

When using a PoE switch

The Network Camera is PoE-compliant, allowing transmission of power and data via a single Ethernet cable. Follow the illustration below to connect the Network Camera to a PoE switch via an Ethernet cable.

802.3af PoE Switch

When using a non-PoE switch

Use a PoE power injector (optional) to connect between the Network Camera and a non-PoE switch.

PoE Power Injector (optional) Non-PoE Switch

NOTE:

1. The camera is only to be connected to PoE networks without routing to outside plants.
2. For PoE connection, use only UL listed I.T.E. with PoE output.

Internet connection via a router

Before setting up the Network Camera over the Internet, make sure you have a router and follow the steps below.

1. Connect your Network Camera behind a router, the Internet environment is illustrated below. Regarding how to obtain your IP address, please refer to Software Installation on page 17 for details.

graph TD
    A["Internet"] --> B["Cable or DSL Modem"]
    B --> C["WAN (Wide Area Network) Router IP address: from ISP"]
    C --> D["LAN (Local Area Network) Router IP address: 192.168.0.1"]
    D --> E["IP address: 192.168.0.3\nSubnet mask: 255.255.255.0\nDefault router: 192.168.0.1"]
    E --> F["IP address: 192.168.0.2\nSubnet mask: 255.255.255.0\nDefault router: 192.168.0.1"]

1. In this case, if the Local Area Network (LAN) IP address of your Network Camera is 192.168.0.3, please forward the following ports for the Network Camera on the router.

■ HTTP port: default is 80
■ RTSP port: default is 554
■ RTP port for video: default is 5556
■ RTCP port for video: default is 5557

If you have changed the port numbers on the Network page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For information on how to forward ports on the router, please refer to your router's user's manual.

1. Find out the public IP address of your router provided by your ISP (Internet Service Provider). Use the public IP and the secondary HTTP port to access the Network Camera from the Internet. Please refer to Network Type on page 72 for details.

Internet connection with static IP

Choose this connection type if you are required to use a static IP for the Network Camera. Please refer to LAN setting on page 71 for details.

Internet connection via PPPoE (Point-to-Point over Ethernet)

Choose this connection type if you are connected to the Internet via a DSL Line. Please refer to PPPoE on page 72 for details.

Configure the router, virtual server or firewall, so that the router can forward any data coming into a preconfigured port number to a network camera on the private network, and allow data from the camera to be transmitted to the outside of the network over the same path.

From Forward to
122.146.57.120:8000 19	2.168.2.10:80
122.146.57.120:8001 19	2.168.2.11:80
... ...

When properly configured, you can access a camera behind the router using the HTTP request such as: http://122.146.57.120:8000

If you change the port numbers on the Network configuration page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For example, you can open a management session with your router to configure access through the router to the camera within your local network. Please consult your network administrator for router configuration if you have troubles with the configuration.

For more information with network configuration options (such as that of streaming ports), please refer to Configuration > Network Settings. VIVOTEK also provides the automatic port forwarding feature as an NAT traversal function with the precondition that your router must support the UPnP port forwarding feature.

Network > General settings Network type Port LAN Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE Enable IPv6 IPv6 informu Manually The device is configuring now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.4.140:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser. Save System Media Network General settings Streaming protocols DDNS QoS SNMP Security PTZ Event

Software Installation

Installation Wizard 2 (IW2), a software included in the product CD, helps you set up your Network Camera on the LAN.

1. Install IW2 under the Software Utility directory from the software CD. Double-click the IW2 shortcut on your desktop to launch the program.

1. The program will conduct an analysis of your network environment. After your network environment is analyzed, please click Next to continue the program.

Installation Wizard 2 - Network Environment Analysis Installation Wizard 2 The wizard is analyzing your network environment. Please wait a moment. Exit Cancel Installation Wizard 2 - Network Type Installation Wizard 2 Your network environment was analyzed as below. Private DHCP Cable/DSL modem Router IP Camera PC Next

1. The program will search for all VIVOTEK network devices on the same LAN.
2. After a brief search, the installer window will prompt. Click on the MAC and model name that matches the one printed on the product label. You can then double-click on the address to open a management session with the Network Camera.

Network Camera VIVOTEK Model No: FD836B RoHS MAC:0002D1730202 This device concludes with part 15 of the P50 other. Operation is deployed to the following: two solutions: P50 is device may not cause harmful interference, and 121 this device must accept any interference excepting. Including interference shall may cause adverse condition. Part 5,800,709 Made in Taiwan

Installation Wizard 2 Device Selection Select a device to setup at upgrade MAC IP Address Model 00-02-D1-73-02-02 192.168.5.151 FD836B 0002D1730202 Please check the MAC and model name in the product label of your device first. Then, you can start to link to your device and show the main screen by double clicking the item in the above selection list. If you are not able to find your device in the above selection list, please make sure all cables are properly connected to your device and then click on the "Refresh Devices" button. Network Camera MAC 0002D1730202 MAC 0002D1730202 You can find the product label in the rear/bottom part of your device.

Ready to Use

1. A browser session with the Network Camera should prompt as shown below.
2. You should be able to see live video from your camera. You may also install the 32-channel recording software from the software CD in a deployment consisting of multiple cameras. For its installation details, please refer to its related documents.

FD8382-VF2 Video stream: 1 Manual loggers. 1 2 3 Digital output: 0m Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Global view: Move instantly Home Client settings Configuration Language 2019.07.2023 21:51:6C Go to - Select one -

Auto Focus (for Motorized Lens Models only)

On the web console, visit the Configuration > Image > Focus window. Perform the Auto Focus function for best image focus.

Focus here refers to the Remote Focus, applicable to Network Cameras that are equipped with a stepping motor lens. The automated focus adjustment function eliminates the needs to physically adjust camera focus. In an outdoor deployment consisting of a large number of cameras, the auto focus function can be very helpful when these cameras become out of focus after days or weeks of operation. And that can easily result from the effects of natural forces, e.g., shrink and expand due to a wide range of operating temperatures and the vibration caused by wind.

General settings Image settings Exposure Focus Privacy mask 014458.000 (HTTP-V) 2014/5/19 17:16:34 Focus window Zoom Focus Auto Focus Full-range scan Fully-opened hits Perform auto focus Focus window Full view Custom Width 1277 Height 718

Accessing the Network Camera

This chapter explains how to access the Network Camera through web browsers, RTSP players, 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, and VIVOTEK recording software.

Using Web Browsers

Use Installation Wizard 2 (IW2) to access the Network Cameras on LAN.

If your network environment is not a LAN, follow these steps to access the Network Camera:

1. Launch your web browser (e.g., Microsoft® Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox).
2. Enter the IP address of the Network Camera in the address field. Press Enter.
3. Live video will be displayed in your web browser.
4. If it is the first time installing the VIVOTEK network camera, an information bar will prompt as shown below. Follow the instructions to install the required plug-in on your computer.

VIVO-TEK Mega-Pixel Network Camera This is a plugin-in (admin). If you see this link, your instruction to not support or deliver it from. Information For Did you notice the Information For? The instructions for all your instructions are required to be made in the following steps: If you need to send a link, then to provide information. Backward then return to the user. Cancel any file access point. Ask how to download this.

VIVoTEK Mega-Pixel Network Camera Available Progress Documents For following: 100% or more available • All rights reserved. This image is not available for any other person. Your website is found here.

NOTE:

For Mozilla Firefox or Chrome users, your browser will use Quick Time to stream the live video. If you don't have Quick Time on your computer, please download it first, then launch the web browser.

▶ By default, the Network Camera is not password-protected. To prevent unauthorized access, it is highly recommended to set a password for the Network Camera.

For more information about how to enable password protection, please refer to Security on page 89.

If you see a dialog box indicating that your security settings prohibit running ActiveX Controls, please enable the ActiveX® Controls for your browser.

1. Choose Tools > Internet Options > Security > Custom Level.

Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings. Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet This zone contains all Web sites you haven't placed in other zones Sites... Security level for this zone Custom Custom settings. - To change the settings, click Custom Level. - To use the recommended settings, click Default Level. Custom Level... Default Level OK Cancel Apply

1. Look for Download signed ActiveX® controls; select Enable or Prompt. Click OK.

Security Settings Settings: ActiveX controls and plug-ins Download signed ActiveX controls Disable Enable Prompt Download unsigned ActiveX controls Disable Enable Prompt Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe Disable Enable Prompt Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins Reset custom settings Reset to: Medium Reset OK Cancel

1. Refresh your web browser, then install the ActiveX® control. Follow the instructions to complete installation.

IMPORTANT:

• Currently the Network Camera utilizes 32-bit ActiveX plugin. You CAN NOT open a management/view session with the camera using a 64-bit IE browser.
• If you encounter this problem, try execute the lexlore.exe program from C:\Windows\SysWOW64. A 32-bit version of IE browser will be installed.
• On Windows 7, the 32-bit explorer browser can be accessed from here:
  C:\Program Files (x86)\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe
• If you open a web session from the IW2 utility, a 32-bit IE browser will be opened.

Tips:

1. The onscreen Java control can malfunction under the following situations: A PC connects to different cameras that are using the same IP address (or the same camera running different firmware versions). Removing your browser cookies will solve this problem.
2. If you encounter problems with displaying the configuration menus or UI items, try disable the Compatibility View on IE8 or IE9.

http://www.joinsmsn.com/

You may also press the F12 key to open the developer tools utility, and then change the Browser Mode to the genuine IE8 or IE9 mode.

File Find Disable View Images Cache Tools Validate Browser Mode: IE9 Document Mode: IE9 standards HTML CSS Console Script Profiler Network Internet Explorer 7 Internet Explorer 8 ✓ Internet Explorer 9 Internet Explorer 9 Compatibility View

- In the event of plug-in compatibility issues, you may try to uninstall the plug-in that was previously installed.

Business Explorer Camera Stream Controller Uninstall Catalyst Control Center

Using RTSP Players

To view the streaming media using RTSP players, you can use one of the following players that support RTSP streaming.

Quick Time Player

VLC media player

1. Launch the RTSP player.
2. Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.
3. The address format is rtsp://:/

As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 80.

For example:

Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: rtsp://192.168.5.151:554/live.sdp OK Cancel

1. The live video will be displayed in your player.

For more information on how to configure the RTSP access name, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 80 for details.

File Edit View Window Help Video 16:38:01 2012/01/25 00:00:27

Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices

To view the streaming media through 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, make sure the Network Camera can be accessed over the Internet. For more information on how to set up the Network Camera over the Internet, please refer to Setup the Network Camera over the Internet on page 14.

To utilize this feature, please check the following settings on your Network Camera:

1. Because most players on 3GPP mobile phones do not support RTSP authentication, make sure the authentication mode of RTSP streaming is set to disable. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 80.

2. As the bandwidth on 3G networks is limited, you will not be able to use a large video size. Please set the video streaming parameters as listed below. For more information, please refer to Stream settings on page 62.

Video Mode H.264
Frame size 176 x 144
Maximum frame rate 5 fps
Intra frame period 1S
Video quality (Constant bit rate) 40kbps

1. As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 80.

2. Launch the player on the 3GPP-compatible mobile devices (e.g., Quick Time).

3. Type the following URL commands into the player. The address format is rtsp://:/. For example:

Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: rtsp://192.168.4.147:554/live2.sdp OK Cancel

You can configure Stream #2 into the suggested stream settings as listed above for live viewing on a mobile device.

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software

The product software CD also contains an ST7501 recording software, allowing simultaneous monitoring and video recording for multiple Network Cameras. Please install the recording software; then launch the program to add the Network Camera to the Channel list. For detailed information about how to use the recording software, please refer to the user's manual of the software or download it from http://www.vivotek.com.

LiveCloud System Edit View Configuration Layout Help VIVOTEK VYTK_SMA091527 0.0.53 Camera 1_PPT61(192, 168.3.136) 2_PPT61(192, 168.3.136) 3_PPT61(192, 168.3.136) 4_PPT61(192, 168.3.136) HD/1.32 HD/1.41 P2/1.32 IP/72.00 IP/71.00 IP/71.30 IP/71.51 IP/71.52 IP/71.53 IP/71.54 IP/71.55 IP/71.56 IP/71.57 IP/71.58 IP/71.59 IP/71.60 IP/71.61 IP/71.62 IP/71.63 IP/71.64 IP/71.65 IP/71.66 IP/71.67 IP/71.68 IP/71.69 IP/71.70 IP/71.71 IP/71.72 IP/71.73 IP/71.74 IP/71.75 IP/71.76 IP/71.77 IP/71.78 IP/71.79 IP/71.80 IP/71.81 IP/71.82 IP/71.83 IP/71.84 IP/71.85 IP/71.86 IP/71.87 IP/71.88 IP/71.89 IP/71.90 IP/71.91 IP/71.92 IP/71.93 IP/71.94 IP/71.95 IP/71.96 IP/71.97 IP/71.98 IP/71.99 IP/72.00 IP/72.01 IP/72.02 IP/72.03 IP/72.04 IP/72.05 IP/72.06 IP/72.07 IP/72.08 IP/72.09 IP/72.10 IP/72.11 IP/72.12 IP/72.13 IP/72.14 IP/72.15 IP/72.16 IP/72.17 IP/72.18 IP/72.19 IP/72.20 IP/72.21 IP/72.22 IP/72.23 IP/72.24 IP/72.25 IP/72.26 IP/72.27 IP/72.28 IP/72.29 IP/72.30 IP/72.31 IP/72.32 IP/72.33 IP/72.34 IP/72.35 IP/72.36 IP/72.37 IP/72.38 IP/72.39 IP/72.40 IP/72.41 IP/72.42 IP/72.43 IP/72.44 IP/72.45 IP/72.46 IP/72.47 IP/72.48 IP/72.49 IP/72.50 IP/72.51 IP/72.52 IP/72.53 IP/72.54 IP/72.55 IP/72.56 IP/72.57 IP/72.58 IP/72.59 IP/72.60 IP/72.61 IP/72.62 IP/72.63 IP/72.64 IP/72.65 IP/72.66 IP/72.67 IP/72.68 IP/72.69 IP/72.70 IP/72.71 IP/72.72 IP/72.73 IP/72.74 IP/72.75 IP/72.76 IP/72.77 IP/72.78 IP/72.79 IP/72.80 IP/72.81 IP/72.82 IP/72.83 IP/72.84 IP/72.85 IP/72.86 IP/72.87 IP/72.88 IP/72.89 IP/72.90 IP/72.91 IP/72.92 IP/72.93 IP/72.94 IP/72.95 IP/72.96 IP/72.97 IP/72.98 IP/72.99 IP / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0 / 0

Tips:

1. If you forget the root (administrator) password for the camera, you can restore the camera defaults by pressing the reset button for longer than 5 seconds.

2. If DHCP is enabled in your network, and the camera cannot be accessed, run the IW2 utility to search the network. If the camera has been configured with fixed IP that does not comply with your local network, you may see its default IP 169.254.x.x. If you still cannot find the camera, you can restore the camera to its factory defaults.

3. If you change your network parameters, e.g., added a camera via a connection to a LAN card, re-start the IW2 utility.

Main Page

This chapter explains the layout of the main page. It is composed of the following sections: VIVOTEK INC. Logo, Host Name, Camera Control Area, Configuration Area, Menu, and Live Video Window.

VIVOTEK INC. Logo Resize Buttons FD0352-VF2 Host Name Configuration Area Camera Control Area Hide Button Live View Window

VIVOTEK INC. Logo

Click this logo to visit the VIVOTEK website.

Host Name

The host name can be customized to fit your needs. The name can be changed especially there are many cameras in your surveillance deployment. For more information, please refer to System on page 37.

Camera Control Area

Video Stream: This Network Camera supports multiple streams (streams 1 and 2) simultaneously. You can select any of them for live viewing. For more information about multiple streams, please refer to page 62 for detailed information.

Manual Trigger: Click to enable/disable an event trigger manually. Please configure an event setting on the Application page before you enable this function. A total of 3 event configuration can be configured. For more information about event setting, please refer to page 105. If you want to hide this item on the homepage, please go to Configuration> System > Homepage Layout > General settings > Customized button to deselect the "show manual trigger button" checkbox.

Configuration Area

Client Settings: Click this button to access the client setting page. For more information, please refer to Client Settings on page 31.

Configuration: Click this button to access the configuration page of the Network Camera. It is suggested that a password be applied to the Network Camera so that only the administrator can configure the Network Camera. For more information, please refer to Configuration on page 36.

Language: Click this button to choose a language for the user interface. Language options are available in: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體中文. Please note that you can also change a language on the Configuration page; please refer to page 36.

Hide Button

You can click the hide button to hide or display the control panel.

Resize Buttons

Click the Auto button, the video cell will resize automatically to fit the monitor.

Click 100% is to display the original homepage size.

Click 50% is to resize the homepage to 50% of its original size.

Click 25% is to resize the homepage to 25% of its original size.

Live Video Window

■ The following window is displayed when the video mode is set to H.264: H.264 Protocol and Media Options

Video Title Title and Time Zoom Indicator x4.0 Video (TPC-AV) 2015/03/25 17:08:56 Video 17:08:56 2015/03/25 Time Video Control Buttons

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Video Settings on page 49.

H.264 Protocol and Media Options: The transmission protocol and media options for H.264 video streaming. For further configuration, please refer to Client Settings on page 31.

Time: Display the current time. For further configuration, please refer to Media > Image > Genral settings on page 49.

Title and Time: The video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For further configuration, please refer to Media > Image > General settings on page 54.

PTZ Panel: This Network Camera supports "digital" (e-PTZ) pan/tilt/zoom control, which allows roaming a smaller view frame within a large view frame. Please refer to PTZ settiings on page 102 for detailed information.

Global View: Click on this item to display the Global View window. The Global View window contains a full view image (the largest frame size of the captured video) and a floating frame (the viewing region of the current video stream). The floating frame allows users to control the e-PTZ function (Electronic Pan/Tilt/Zoom). For more information about e-PTZ operation, please refer to E-PTZ Operation on page 102. For more information about how to set up the viewing region of the current video stream, please refer to page 102.

Global View: The viewing region of the curruent video stream The largest frame size Moving Instantly

Note that the PTZ buttons on the panel are not operational unless you are showing only a portion of the full image. If the live view window is displaying the full view, the PTZ buttons are not functional.

Video Control Buttons: Depending on the Network Camera model and Network Camera configuration, some buttons may not be available.

Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed in a pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP (*.bmp) format.

Digital Zoom: Click and uncheck "Disable digital zoom" to enable the zoom operation. The navigation screen indicates the part of the image being magnified. To control the zoom level, drag the slider bar. To move to a different area you want to magnify, drag the navigation screen.

Disable digital ptz Zoom Factor: 100% 100% 400%

Pause: Pause the transmission of the streaming media. The button becomes the Resume button after clicking the Pause button.

Stop: Stop the transmission of the streaming media. Click the Resume button to continue transmission.

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer. Press the □ Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video recording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 Saving Options on page 32 for details.

Volume: When the Mute function is not activated, move the slider bar to adjust the volume on the local computer.

Mute: Turn off the volume on the local computer. The button becomes the Audio On button after clicking the Mute button.

Talk: Click this button to talk to people around the Network Camera. Audio will project from the external speaker connected to the Network Camera. Click this button again to end talking transmission.

Mic Volume: When the Mute function is not activated, move the slider bar to adjust the microphone volume on the local computer.

NOTE:

1. For a megapixel camera, it is recommended to use monitors of the 24" size or larger, and are capable of 1600x1200 or better resolutions.

2. Below are the defaults for Audio settings:

For cameras with built-in microphone: Not Muted.

For cameras without built-in microphone: Muted.

To receive audio input from an external microphone, you may need to enable the audio input from Media > Audio. Refer to page 70 for more information.

Mute: Turn off the Mic volume on the local computer. The button becomes the Mic On button after clicking the Mute button.

Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.

■ The following window is displayed when the video mode is set to MJPEG:

Video Title Title and Time Video (HTTP-V) 2015/07/25 17:08:56 Time Video 17:08:56 2015/07/25 Video Control Buttons

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 54.

Time: Display the current time. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 54.

Title and Time: Video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 54.

Video Control Buttons: Depending on the Network Camera model and Network Camera configuration, some buttons may not be available.

Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed in a pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP (*.bmp) format.

Digital Zoom: Click and uncheck "Disable digital zoom" to enable the zoom operation. The navigation screen indicates the part of the image being magnified. To control the zoom level, drag the slider bar. To move to a different area you want to magnify, drag the navigation screen.

Disable digital ptz Zoom Factor: 100% 100% 400%

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer. Press the Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video recording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 Saving Options on page 32 for details.

Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.

Client Settings

This chapter explains how to select the stream transmission mode and saving options on the local computer. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save on the page bottom to enable the settings.

H.264 Media Options

H.264 media options

Video and audio
○ Video only
○ Audio only

Select to stream video or audio data or both. This is enabled only when the video mode is set to H.264.

H.264 Protocol Options

H.264 Protocol Options

○ UDP Unicast
○ UDP Multicast
TCP
HTTP

Depending on your network environment, there are four transmission modes of H.264 streaming:

UDP unicast: This protocol allows for more real-time audio and video streams. However, network packets may be lost due to network burst traffic and images may be broken. Activate UDP connection when occasions require time-sensitive responses and the video quality is less important. Note that each unicast client connecting to the server takes up additional bandwidth and the Network Camera allows up to ten simultaneous accesses.

UDP multicast: This protocol allows multicast-enabled routers to forward network packets to all clients requesting streaming media. This helps to reduce the network transmission load of the Network Camera while serving multiple clients at the same time. Note that to utilize this feature, the Network Camera must be configured to enable multicast streaming at the same time. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 80.

TCP: This protocol guarantees the complete delivery of streaming data and thus provides better video quality. The downside of this protocol is that its real-time effect is not as good as that of the UDP protocol.

HTTP: This protocol allows the same quality as TCP protocol without needing to open specific ports for streaming under some network environments. Users inside a firewall can utilize this protocol to allow streaming data through.

Two way audio

Two way audio

Half-duplex
Full-duplex

Half duplex: Audio is transmitted from one direction at a time, e.g., from a PC holding a web console with the camera.

Full duplex: Audio is transmitted in both directions simultaneously.

MP4 Saving Options

MP4 saving options

Folder:

C:\Record

Browse.

File name prefix:

CLIP

Add date and time suffix to file name

Users can record live video as they are watching it by clicking Start MP4 Recording on the main page. Here, you can specify the storage destination and file name.

Folder: Specify a storage destination on your PC for the recorded video files. The location can be changed.

File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the video file name. A specified folder will be automatically created on your local hard disk.

Add date and time suffix to the file name: Select this option to append the date and time to the end of the file name.

CLIP_20150321-180853 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Local Streaming Buffer Time

Local streaming buffer time

Millisecond

Save

Due to the unsteady bandwidth flow, the live streaming may lag and not be very smoothly. If you enable this option, the live streaming will be stored temporarily on your PC's cache memory for a few seconds before being played on the live viewing window. This will help you see the streaming more smoothly. If you enter 3,000 Millisecond, the streaming will delay for 3 seconds.

Joystick settings

Enable Joystick

Connect a joystick to a USB port on your management computer. Supported by the plug-in (Microsoft's DirectX), once the plug-in for the web console is loaded, it will automatically detect if there is any joystick on the computer. The joystick should work properly without installing any other driver or software.

Then you can begin to configure the joystick settings of connected devices. Please follow the instructions below to enable joystick settings.

1. Select a detected joystick, if there are multiple, from the Selected joystick menu. If your joystick is not detected, if may be defective.

2. Click Calibrate or Configure buttons to configure the joystick-related settings.

Joystick settings Selected joystick: Macally AirStick Calibrate Configure buttons Save

NOTE:

• If you want to assign Preset actions to your joystick, the preset locations should be configured in advance in the Configuration > PTZ page.
• If your joystick is not working properly, it may need to be calibrated. Click the Calibrate button to open the Game Controllers window located in Microsoft Windows control panel and follow the instructions for trouble shooting. Use the Search panel on the Start menu to search for "Game Controller."
• The joystick will appear in the Game Controllers list in the Windows Control panel. If you want to check out for your devices, go to the following page: Start -> Control Panel -> Game Controllers.

Game Controllers These settings help you configure the game controllers installed on your computer. Installed game controllers Controller Status CH PRODUCTS IP DESKTOP CONTROLLER OK Add... Remove Properties Advanced... Troubleshoot... OK

Buttons Configuration

In the Button Configuration window, the left column shows the actions you can assign, and the right column shows the functional buttons and assigned actions. The number of buttons may differ from different joysticks.

Please follow the steps below to configure your joystick buttons:

1. Choosing one of the actions and click Assign will pop up a dialog. Then you can assign this action to a button by pressing the joystick button or select it from the drop-down list.

For example: Assign Home (move to home position) to Button 1.

Buttons Configuration Assigned Actions Actions Home Zoom In Zoom Out Focus Iris Pan Stop Patrol Preset Page Up Page Down Record to AVI Snapshot Auto Naming Assign Clear Selected Buttons Assigned Actions Button1 Button2 Button3 Button4 Button5 Button6 Button7 Button8 Button9 Button10 Button11 Button12 "Home" Press the joystick button to assign to "Home" or select the button from the list below. Button1 Button2 Button3 Button4 Button5 Button6 Button7 Button8 Button9 Button10 Button11 Button12 OK Cancel OK Cancel

1. Click OK to confirm the configuration.

Buttons Configuration Assigned Actions Actions Home Zoom In Zoom Out Focus Iris Pan Stop Patrol Preset Preset1 Preset2 Preset3 Preset4 Preset5 "Home" Press the joystick button to assign to "Home" or select the button from the list below. Button1 Click "Ok" to assign "" to button1 OK Cancel Assign Clear Selected OK Cancel

Buttons Configuration

Click the Configure Buttons button, a window will prompt as shown below. Please follow the steps below to configure your joystick buttons:

1. Select a button number from the Button # pull-down menu.

>Joystick Settings Actions: Toggle play/pause Button: 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Assigned Actions Full Screen Stop Zoom in Patrol Toggle play/pause Snapshot Assign Delete OK 網際網路 | 受保議模式: 關閉 100%

Tips:

If you are not sure of the locations of each button, use the Properties window in the Game Controllers utility.

Settings Test Test for game controls. If the controller is not functioning properly, I help be able to be called. To calculate it, go to the Settings page. Auto: 15 Auto / 7 Auto: 140 Battery 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 OK Cancel Help

1. Select a corresponding action, such as Patrol or Preset#.

>Joystick Settings Actions: Toggle play/pause Toggle play/pause Stop streaming Snapshot Full Screen Start/stop recording Pan Patrol Stop Zoom in Zoom out Digital output on/off 1 Digital output on/off 2 Digital output on/off 3 Digital output on/off 4 Manual trigger on/off 1 Manual trigger on/off 2 Manual trigger on/off 3 Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Preset 6 Preset 7 Preset 8 Preset 9 Preset 10 Preset 11 Preset 12 Preset 13 Assign Delete OK

1. Click the Assign button to assign an action to the button. You can delete an association by selecting a button number, and then click the Delete button.

Repeat the process until you are done with the configuration of all preferred actions.

The buttons you define should appear on the button list accordingly.

1. Please remember to click the Save button on the Client settings page to preserve your settings.

Configuration

Click Configuration on the main page to enter the camera setting pages. Note that only Administrators can access the configuration page.

VIVOTEK provides an easy-to-use user interface that helps you set up your network camera with minimal effort. In order to simplify the user interface, detailed information will be hidden unless you click on the function item. When you click on the first sub-item, the detailed information for the first sub-item will be displayed; when you click on the second sub-item, the detailed information for the second sub-item will be displayed and that of the first sub-item will be hidden.

The following is the interface of the main page:

VIVOTEK Home Client settings Configuration Language System > General settings System General settings Homepage layout Logs Parameters Maintenance Media Network Security PTZ Event Applications Recording Local storage System Host name: Mega-Pixel Network Camera Turn off the LED indicator Navigation Area System time Time zone: GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei Note: You can upload your daylight saving time rules on Maintenance page or use the camera default value. Keep current date and time Synchronize with computer time Manual Automatic Configuration List Save Version: 0100a Firmware Version

Each function on the configuration list will be explained in the following sections.

The Navigation Area provides access to all different views from the Home page (for live viewing), Configuration page, and multi-language selection.

System > General settings

This section explains how to configure the basic settings for the Network Camera, such as the host name and system time. It is composed of the following two columns: System, and System Time. When finished with the settings on this page, click Save at the bottom of the page to enable the settings.

System

System Host name: Mega-Pixel Network Camera Turn off the LED indicator

Host name: Enter a desired name for the Network Camera. The text will be displayed at the top of the main page, and also on the view cells of the ST7501 and VAST management software.

Turn off the LED indicators: If you do not want others to notice the network camera is in operation, you can select this option to turn off the LED indicators.

System time

System time Time zone: GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei Note: You can upload your daylight saving time rules on Maintenance page or use the camera default value. Keep current date and time Synchronize with computer time Manual Automatic Save

Keep current date and time: Select this option to preserve the current date and time of the Network Camera. The Network Camera's internal real-time clock maintains the date and time even when the power of the system is turned off.

Synchronize with computer time: Select this option to synchronize the date and time of the Network Camera with the local computer. The read-only date and time of the PC is displayed as updated.

Manual: The administrator can enter the date and time manually. Note that the date and time format are [yyyy/mm/dd] and [hh:mm:ss].

Automatic: The Network Time Protocol is a protocol which synchronizes computer clocks by periodically querying an NTP Server.

NTP server: Assign the IP address or domain name of the time-server. Leaving the text box blank connects the Network Camera to the default time servers. The precondition is that the camera must have the access to the Internet.

Update interval: Select to update the time using the NTP server on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis.

Time zone : Select the appropriate time zone from the list. If you want to upload Daylight Savings Time rules, please refer to System > Maintenance > Import/ Export files on page 46 for details.

This section explains how to set up your own customized homepage layout.

General settings

This column shows the settings of your homage layout. You can manually select the background and font colors in Theme Options (the second tab on this page). The settings will be displayed automatically in this Preview field. The following shows the homepage using the default settings:

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video stream 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: On Off Powered by VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network Hide Powered by VIVOTEK

■ Hide Powered by VIVOTEK: If you check this item, it will be removed from the homepage.

Logo graph

Here you can change the logo that is placed at the top of your homepage.

Logo graph A customized logo (Gif, JPG or PNG) can be uploaded for main page. It will be resized to 160x50 pixels to replace the previous logo. Default Custom VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Browse... Upload Logo link: http://www.vivotek.com

Follow the steps below to upload a new logo:

1. Click Custom and the Browse field will appear.
2. Select a logo from your files.
3. Click Upload to replace the existing logo with a new one.
4. Enter a website link if necessary.
5. Click Save to enable the settings.

Customized button

If you want to hide manual trigger buttons on the homepage, please uncheck this item. This item is checked by default. Customized button

Customized button ✓ Show manual trigger button

Theme Options

Here you can change the color of your homepage layout. There are three types of preset patterns for you to choose from. The new layout will simultaneously appear in the Preview filed. Click Save to enable the settings.

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Mega-Pixel Network Font Color of the Video Title Video stream 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: Powered by VIVOTEK Font Color of the Video Area Background Color of the Control Area Font Color of the Configuration Area Background Color of the onfiguration Area Frame Color Background Color of the Video Area Frame Color Preset patterns Themes Custom Color Font color: #000000 Font color of video title: #098BD6 Bk color of control area: #C4EAFF Bk color of configuration area: #0186D1 Bk color of video area: #C4EAFF Frame color: #0186D1 Save

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video stream 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: On Off Powered by VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video stream 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: On Off Powered by VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network

■ Follow the steps below to set up the customed homepage:

1. Click Custom on the left column.
2. Click the field where you want to change the color on the right column.

Themes Custom Pattern Color Font color: Font color of configuration area: #FFFFFFF Font color of video title: #098BD6 Bk color of control area: #565656 Bk color of configuration area: #323232 Bk color of video area: #565656 Frame color: #323232 Color Selector

1. The palette window will pop up as shown below.

Hex: #000000 Red: 0 Green: 0 Blue: 0 Hue: 0 Saturation: 0 Value: 0 Select

Hex: #23538A Red: 35 Green: 83 Blue: 138 Hue: 212 Saturation: 74.6 Value: 54.1 4 Select

1. Drag the slider bar and click on the left square to select a desired color.
2. The selected color will be displayed in the corresponding fields and in the Preview column.
3. Click Save to enable the settings.

System > Logs

This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to send the system log to a remote server as backup.

Log server settings

Log server settings Enable remote log IP address: port: 514 Save

Follow the steps below to set up the remote log:

1. Select Enable remote log.
2. In the IP address text box, enter the IP address of the remote server.
3. In the port text box, enter the port number of the remote server.
4. When completed, click Save to enable the setting.

You can configure the Network Camera to send the system log file to a remote server as a log backup. Before utilizing this feature, it is suggested that the user install a log-recording tool to receive system log messages from the Network Camera. An example is Kiwi Syslog Daemon. Visit http://www.kiwisyslog.com/kiwi-syslog-daemon-overview/.

Date: Time: Points History Message 06.27.2001 17:08:49 Siding India 152 354 4.103 stringed 1.5 KB short 06.27.2001 17:08:57 KwidShi 152 354 4.103 [P15P SPARUR] Stop new versions, IP: 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:57 KwidShi 152 354 4.103 last message repeated / short 06.27.2001 17:08:13 KwidShi 152 354 4.103 [P15P SPARUR] Start new versions, IP: 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:13 Even.com 152 354 4.103 [P15P SPARUR] Exchange, map, functions of 152, 354 SPARUR, Passifid Fate (Perceived/Commodious) failed" M 06.27.2001 17:08:13 Even India 152 354 4.103 [P15P SPARUR] 1996 SPARUR, back after document absent at line "M" 06.27.2001 17:08:13 Even India 152 354 4.103 [P15P SPARUR] Stop new versions, IP: 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:13 Even India 152 354 4.103 [P15P SPARUR] Stop new versions, IP: 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:13 Even India 152 354 4.104 [SPARUR] Passifid call 06.27.2001 17:08:08 Even India 152 354 4.103 [SPARUR] Passing through 06.27.2001 17:08:07 Even India 152 354 4.103 [switching] Results to switch off 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 152 354 4.103 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 152 354 4.102 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 152 354 4.102 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 252 354 4.102 06.27.2001 17:08:06 Excessive Matrix 252 354 4.102 06.27.2001 27:08:43 Even Vishing 152 354 4.102 [VOCAT MGR] the version of a record #3 is deleted because of law priority 06.27.2001 27:08:43 Excessive Matrix 252 354 4.102 06.27.2001 27:08:43 Excessive Matrix 252 354 4.102 06.27.2001 27:08:43 Excessive Matrix 252 354 4.102

System log

Jan 5 11:36:07 syslogd 1.5.0 restart. Jan 5 11:36:08 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch httpd. Jan 5 11:36:09 [EVENT MGR]: Starting eventmgr with support for EcTun Jan 5 11:36:11 [DRM Service]: Starting DRM service. Jan 5 11:36:20 [UPnPIGDCP]: Search IGO failed Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[718]: >> mount: mounting /dev/mmcblk0p1 on /mnt/auto/CF failed: No such device or address Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[718]: mount generic): failed to mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 (type vfat) on /mnt/auto/CF Jan 5 11:36:23 [IR Cut Control]: Day mode Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[728]: >> mount: mounting /dev/mmcblk0p1 on /mnt/auto/CF failed: No such device or address Jan 5 11:36:23 automount[728]: mount generic): failed to mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 (type vfat) on /mnt/auto/CF Jan 5 11:36:23 [IR Cut Control]: Day mode Jan 5 11:36:23 [SYS]: Serial number = 0002D10ED4C9 Jan 5 11:36:23 [SYS]: System starts at Wed Jan 5 11:36:23 UTC 2011

This column displays the system log in a chronological order. The system log is stored in the Network Camera's buffer area and will be overwritten when reaching a certain limit.

You can install the included ST7501 or VAST recording software, which provides an Event Management function group for delivering event messages via emails, GSM short messages, onscreen event panel, or to trigger an alarm, etc. For more information, refer to the ST7501 or VAST User Manual.

graph TD
    A["VIVOTEK Network Cameras"] --> B["Internet"]
    C["3G Cell phone"] --> B
    D["Cell phone Short message"] --> E["PC running ST7501 Recording Software"]
    F["GSM Modem"] --> E
    G["Digital output"] --> E
    H["PTZ"] --> E
    I["Email"] --> E
    J["HTTP"] --> E
    K["Internet"] --> L["3G Cell phone"]

Access log

System log Access log

Jan 5 11:36:28 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=172.16.2.52

Jan 5 11:49:15 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.105

Jan 5 13:11:20 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.105

Access log displays the access time and IP address of all viewers (including operators and administrators) in a chronological order. The access log is stored in the Network Camera's buffer area and will be overwritten when reaching a certain limit.

System > Parameters

The View Parameters page lists the entire system's parameters. If you need technical assistance, please provide the information listed on this page.

Parameters

system_hostname='FD8382-VF2'
system_ledoff='0'
system_lowlight='1'
system_date='2000/01/01'
system_time='18:42:20'
system_datetime=''
system_ntp Alexandria
system_timezone index='320'
system_daylight_enable='0'
system_daylight_dstactualmode='1'
system_daylight_auto_begintime='NONE'
system_daylight_auto_endtime='NONE'
system_daylight_timezones='-360,-320,-280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-1'
system_updateinterval='0'
system_info_modelname='FD8382-VF2'
system_info_extendedmodelname='FD8382-VF2'
system_info_serialnumber='0002D138F2BC'
system_info_firmwareversion='FD8382-VVTK-0100k'
system_info_language_count='9'
system_info_language_i0='English'
system_info_language_i1='Deutsch'
system_info_language_i2='Español'
system_info_language_i3='Français'
system_info_language_i4='Italiano'
system_info_language_i5='日本語'
system_info_language_i6='Português'
system_info_language_i7='简体中文'
system_info_language_i8='繁體中文' 

System > Maintenance

This chapter explains how to restore the Network Camera to factory default, upgrade firmware version, etc.

General settings > Upgrade firmware

Upgrade firmware

Select firmware file:

Browse.

Upgrade

This feature allows you to upgrade the firmware of your Network Camera. It takes a few minutes to complete the process.

Note: Do not power off the Network Camera during the upgrade!

Follow the steps below to upgrade the firmware:

1. Download the latest firmware file from the VIVOTEK website. The file is in .pkg file format.
2. Click Browse... and locate the firmware file.
3. Click Upgrade. The Network Camera starts to upgrade and will reboot automatically when the upgrade completes.

If the upgrade is successful, you will see "Reboot system now!! This connection will close". After that, re-access the Network Camera.

The following message is displayed when the upgrade has succeeded.

Reboot system now!!

This connection will close.

The following message is displayed when you have selected an incorrect firmware file.

Starting firmware upgrade...

Do not power down the server during the upgrade.

The server will restart automatically after the upgrade is

completed.

This will take about 1 - 5 minutes.

Wrong PKG file format

Unpack fail

General settings > Reboot

Reboot

Reboot

This feature allows you to reboot the Network Camera, which takes about one minute to complete. When completed, the live video page will be displayed in your browser. The following message will be displayed during the reboot process.

The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/

If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

[Non-Text]

If the connection fails after rebooting, manually enter the IP address of the Network Camera in the address field to resume the connection.

General settings > Restore

Restore

Restore all settings to factory default except settings in

□ Network

□ Daylight saving time

□ Custom language

□ VADP

□ Focus position

Restore

This feature allows you to restore the Network Camera to factory default settings.

Network: Select this option to retain the Network Type settings (please refer to Network Type on page 72).

Daylight Saving Time: Select this option to retain the Daylight Saving Time settings (please refer to Import/Export files below on this page).

Custom Language: Select this option to retain the Custom Language settings.

VADP: Retain the VADP modules (3rd-party software stored on the SD card) and related settings.

Focus position: (Remote focus models only) Retain the lens focus position using the previously saved position parameters.

If none of the options is selected, all settings will be restored to factory default. The following message is displayed during the restoring process.

The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

Import/Export files

This feature allows you to Export / Update daylight saving time rules, custom language file, configuration file, and server status report.

General settings

Import/Export files

Export files

Export daylight saving time configuration file

Export language file

Export configuration file

Export server status report

Export

Export

Export

Export

Upload files

Update daylight saving time rules:

Update custom language file:

Upload configuration file:

Browse..

Upload

Browse..

Upload

Browse..

Upload

Export daylight saving time configuration file: Click to set the start and end time of DST (Daylight Saving).

Follow the steps below to export:

1. In the Export files column, click Export to export the daylight saving time configuration file from the Network Camera.
2. A file download dialog will pop up as shown below. Click Open to review the XML file or click Save to store the file for editing.

File Download Do you want to open or save this file? Name: config_dst.xml Type: XML Document, 11.1 KB From: 192.168.5.151 Open Save Cancel While files from the Internet can be useful, some files can potentially harm your computer. If you do not trust the source, do not open or save this file. What's the risk?

1. Open the file with Microsoft ^® Notepad and locate your time zone; set the start and end time of DST. When completed, save the file.

In the example below, DST begins each year at 2:00 a.m. on the second Sunday in March and ends at 2:00 a.m. on the first Sunday in November.

First Sunday 2 60 3 Second Sunday 2 -60 11 First Sunday 2

Update daylight saving time rules: Click Browse... and specify the XML file to update.

If the incorrect date and time are assigned, you will see the following warning message when uploading the file to the Network Camera.

First sunday 2 60 13 second sunday 2 -60 11 First sunday 2

Invalid value in TimeZone 1d: -240 . . .

The following message is displayed when attempting to upload an incorrect file format.

Microsoft Internet Explorer The file must have a .xml filename suffix. OK

Export language file: Click to export language strings. VIVOTEK provides nine languages: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體中文.

Update custom language file: Click Browse... and specify your own custom language file to upload.

Export configuration file: Click to export all parameters for the device and user-defined scripts.

Update configuration file: Click Browse... to update a configuration file. Please note that the model and firmware version of the device should be the same as the configuration file. If you have set up a fixed IP or other special settings for your device, it is not suggested to update a configuration file.

Export server staus report: Click to export the current server status report, such as time, logs, parameters, process status, memory status, file system status, network status, kernel message ... and so on.

Tips:

- If a firmware upgrade is accidentally disrupted, say, by a power outage, you still have a last resort method to restore normal operation. See the following for how to bring the camera back to work:

Applicable scenario:

(a) Power disconnected during firmware upgrade.
(b) Unknown reason causing abnormal LED status, and a Restore cannot recover normal working condition.

You can use the following methods to activate the camera with its backup firmware:

(a) Press and hold down the reset button for at least one minute.
(b) Power on the camera until the Red LED blinks rapidly.
(c) After boot up, the firmware should return to the previous version before the camera hanged. (The procedure should take 5 to 10 minutes, longer than the normal boot-up process). When this process is completed, the LED status should return to normal.

Media > Image

This section explains how to configure the image settings of the Network Camera. The Focus window is available only for models that come with motorized lens.

General settings

General settings Image settings Exposure Focus Privacy mask Video settings Video title Show timestamp and video title in video and snapshots Position of timestamp and video title on image: Top Timestamp and video title font-size: 30 Video font (.tff): Default Upload Color: B/W Color Power line frequency: 50 Hz 60 Hz Video orientation: Flip Mirror Rotate

Video title

Show timestamp and video title in video and snapshots: Enter a name that will be displayed on the title bar of the live video as the picture shown below. A zoom indicator will be displayed on the Home page when you zoom in/out on the live viewing window as shown below. You may zoom in/out on the image by scrolling the mouse wheel inside the live viewing window, and the maximum zoom in will be up to 4 times.

Video Title Title and Time Video TCP-AV) 2014/7/09 17:08:56 Video 17:06:56 2014/7/09 Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom Factor X2.1

Position of timestamp and video title on image: Select to display time stamp and video title on the top or at the bottom of the video stream.

Timestamp and video title font size: Select the font size for the time stamp and title.

Video font (.ttf): You can select a True Type font file for the display of textual messages on video.

Color: Select to display color or black/white video streams.

Power line frequency: Set the power line frequency consistent with local utility settings to eliminate image flickering associated with fluorescent lights. Note that after the power line frequency is changed, you must disconnect and reconnect the power cord of the Network Camera in order for the new setting to take effect.

Video orientation: Flip - vertically reflect the display of the live video; Mirror - horizontally reflect the display of the live video. Select both options if the Network Camera is installed upside-down (e.g., on the ceiling) to correct the image orientation. Please note that if you have preset locations, those locations will be cleared after flip/mirror setting.

Rotate -

Rotate

Degrees

The rotation here indicates clockwise rotation. Rotation can be applied with flip, mirror, and physical lens rotation (see below) settings to adapt to different mounting locations.

The figures in the illustration are shown in a consecutive order.

graph TD
    A["Home"] --> B["Downward Arrow"]
    B --> C["Downward Arrow"]
    C --> D["Right Arrow"]
    E["Home"] --> F["Downward Arrow"]
    F --> G["Downward Arrow"]
    G --> H["Right Arrow"]
    I["Home"] --> J["Downward Arrow"]
    J --> K["Downward Arrow"]
    K --> L["Right Arrow"]
    M["Home"] --> N["Downward Arrow"]
    N --> O["Downward Arrow"]
    O --> P["Right Arrow"]

The camera may be installed on a vertical, side-facing, or tilted surface in order to accommodate the interior or exterior design of a building. The interior of a building can be shaped as a narrow rectangular space, such as corridor. The conventional HD image, such as that of a 16:9 aspect ratio, will be incongruous with its wide horizontal view. With video rotation, the camera can more readily cover the field of view on a tall and narrow scene.

Day/Night Settings

Day/Night settings

Switch to B/W in night mode
Turn on external IR illuminator in night mode
√ Turn on built-in IR illuminator in night mode
Smart IR

IR cut filter:

Switch to B/W in night mode

Select this to enable the Network Camera to automatically switch to Black/White during night mode.

Turn on external IR illuminator in night mode

Select this to turn on the external IR illuminator when the camera detects low light condition and enters the night mode. A Digital Output connection to external IR is needed.

Turn on built-in IR illuminator in night mode

Select this to turn on the camera's onboard IR illuminator when the camera detects low light condition and enters the night mode.

Smart IR

(IMPORTANT: Smart IR is available when the external/built-in IR option is enabled)

When enabled, the camera automatically adjust the IR projection to adjacent objects in order to avoid over-exposure in the night mode.

The Smart IR function is more beneficial when the spot of intrusions or an object of your interest is close to the lens and the IR lights. For example, if an intruder has a chance of getting near the range of 3 meters, Smart IR can effectively reduce the over-exposure. For a surveillance area at a greater distance, e.g., 5 meters or farther away, the Smart IR function may not bring as significant benefits as in close range.

Smart IR disabled; distance: 5M

Black-and-white photo of a person standing in a hallway with curtains, no visible text or symbols

Smart IR disabled; distance: 3M

Smart IR enabled; distance: 5M

Black-and-white photo of a person standing in a hallway with curtains, no visible text or symbols

Smart IR enabled; distance: 3M

Black-and-white photo of a person standing in a hallway with curtains, no visible text or symbols

Person standing in a dimly lit corridor, wearing a patterned shirt with a logo (no visible text or symbols)

Tips:

If there is an object in close proximity, the IR lights reflected back from it can mislead the Smart IR's calculation of light level. To solve this issue, you can place an "Exposure Exclude" window on an unavoidable object in the Exposure setting window. See page 57 for how to do it.

You can also configure the "Exposure Exclude" window in a night mode "Profile" setting so that your day time setting is not affected.

Profile of exposure settings FDB163(TCP-V) 2013/2/4 10:46:08 ExcludeX Add inclusive window Add exclusive window Activated period Enable and apply this profile to Day mode Night mode Schedule mode Measurement window Full view Custom BLC

Thermal imaging comparison of a corridor with personnel in protective suits, showing thermal imaging and a highlighted 'ExcludeX' section.

IR cut filter

With a removable IR-cut filter, this Network Camera can automatically remove the filter to let IR light enter the light sensor during low light conditions.

■ Auto mode

The Network Camera automatically removes the filter by judging the level of ambient light.

■ Day mode

In day mode, the Network Camera switches on the IR cut filter at all times to block infrared light from reaching the sensor so that the colors will not be distorted.

■ Night mode

In night mode, the Network Camera switches off the IR cut filter at all times for the sensor to accept infrared light, thus helping to improve low light sensitivity.

■ Synchronize with digital input

The Network Camera automatically removes the IR cut filter when a Digital Input is triggered. For example, the digital input can come from a housing that is equipped with IR illumination and control circuits such as VIVOTEK's AE-241.

■ Schedule mode

The Network Camera switches between day mode and night mode based on a specified schedule. Enter the start and end time for day mode. Note that the time format is [hh:mm] and is expressed in 24-hour clock time. By default, the start and end time of day mode are set to 07:00 and 18:00.

Light sensor sensitivity

Tune the responsiveness of the IR filter to lighting conditions as Low, Normal, or High.

When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.

Image settings

On this page, you can tune the White balance and Image adjustment.

General settings Image settings Exposure Focus Primary mask General settings ITCP-15 2014/05/14 10:18:14 Sensor Setting 2: For special situations Normal light mode Profile mode Sensor Setting 1: For normal situations Noise balance Auto For current value On Off Image adjustment Brightness 30% Contrast 30% Saturation 30% Strapping 30% Gamma curve Optimize Before Restore Save

White balance: Adjust the value for the best color temperature.

■ You may follow the steps below to adjust the white balance to the best color temperature.

1. Place a sheet of paper of white or cooler-color temperature color, such as blue, in front of the lens, then allow the Network Camera to automatically adjust the color temperature.
2. Click the On button to Fix current value and confirm the setting while the white balance is being measured.

■ You may also manually tune the color temperature by pulling the RGain and BGain slide bars.

Image Adjustment

■ Brightness: Adjust the image brightness level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Contrast: Adjust the image contrast level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Saturation: Adjust the image saturation level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Sharpness: Adjust the image sharpness level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.

■ Gamma curve: Adjust the image sharpness level, which ranges from 0 to 0.45. You may let firmware Optimize your display or select a value to change the preferred level of Gamma correction towards higher contrast or towards the higher luminance for detailed expression for both dark and lighted areas of an image.

Defog: Defog helps improve the visibility quality of captured image in poor weather conditions such as smog, fog, or smoke.

Noise reduction

■ Enable noise reduction: Check to enable noise reduction in order to reduce noises and flickers in image. This applies to the onboard 3D Noise Reduction feature. Use the pull-down menu to adjust the reduction strength. Note that applying this function to the video channel will consume system computing power.

3D Noise Reduction is mostly applied in low-light conditions. When enabled in a low-light condition with fast moving objects, trails of after-images may occur. You may then select a lower strength level or disable the function.

Note that the Preview button has been cancelled, all changes made to image settings is directly shown on screen. You can click Restore to recall the original settings without incorporating the changes. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the setting. You can also click on Profile mode to adjust all settings above in a tabbed window for special lighting conditions.

Normal light mode Profile mode ✓ Enable to apply these settings at ● Night mode ○ Schedule mode

Enable to apply these settings at: Select the mode this profile to apply to: Day mode, Night mode, or Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose Schedule mode. Then check Save to take effect.

Exposure

On this page, you can set the Exposure measurement window, Exposure level, Exposure mode, Exposure time, Gain control, and Day/Night mode settings. You can configure two sets of Exposure settings: one for normal situations, the other for special situations, such as the day/night/schedule mode.

General settings Image settings Exposure Focus Privacy mask Auto 100% Sensor Setting 2: For special situations Normal light mode Profile mode Measurement window Full view Custom BLC Exposure control Exposure level: 0 Exposure mode: Auto Ins mode: Outdoor WDR Enable WDR enhanced Restore Save Sensor Setting 1: For normal situations

Measurement Window: This function allows users to set measurement window(s) for low light compensation. For example, where low-light objects are posed against an extremely bright background. You may want to exclude the bright sunlight shining through a building's corridor.

■ Full view: Calculate the full range of view and offer appropriate light compensation.
■ Custom: This option allows you to manually add customized windows as inclusive or exclusive regions. A total of 10 windows can be configured. Please refer to the next page for detailed illustration.

The inclusive window refers to the "weighed window"; the exclusive window refers to "ignored window". It adopts the weighed averages methodology to calculate the value. The inclusive windows have a higher priority. You can overlap these windows, and, if you place an exclusive window within a larger inclusive window, the exclusive part of the overlapped windows will be deducted from the inclusive window. An exposure value will then be calculated out of the remaining of the inclusive window.

Fisheye(TCP-V) 2012/7/2 09:57:04 Include Exclude Include Exclude Weighted region Ignored region Add inclusive window Add exclusive window Measurement window Full view Custom BLC

■ BLC (Back Light Compensation): This option will automatically add a “weighted region” in the middle of the window and give the necessary light compensation.

Exposure control:

■ Exposure level: You can manually set the Exposure level, which ranges from -2.0 to +2.0 (dark to bright). You can click and drag the semi-circular pointers on the Exposure time and Gain control slide bars to specify a range of shutter time and Gain control values within which the camera can automatically tune to an optimal imaging result. You may prefer a shorter shutter time to better capture moving objects, while a faster shutter reduces light and needs to be compensated by the electrical brightness gains.

■ Exposure mode:

When the Manual mode is selected, you can click and drag the semi-circular pointers on the Exposure time and Gain control slide bars to specify a range of shutter time and Gain control values within which the camera can automatically tune to an optimal imaging result. You can also configure the iris size to control the amount of light. For example, you may prefer a shorter shutter time to better capture moving objects, while a faster shutter reduces light and needs to be compensated by electrical brightness gains.

- Flickerless:

Fixed iris models can encounter image rolling band issues when operating under incongrous power line frequency with fluorescent lights. To solve the problem, the Flickerless mode can limit the exposure time to 1/120 \~ 1/5 second. For the Auto iris models, when the exposure time is limited to 1/120 \~1/5 second, iris size is automatically adjusted, and that the image brightness is appropriately adjusted. Although the chance is rare, for Fixed iris models, when the exposure time is limited to 1/120 \~ 1/5 second, they may encounter image over-exposure. If the Flickerless option is selected, and users discover over-exposure from the live view, they can disable the Flickerless option.

Auto: If you set Exposure mode as Auto, the Exposure time and Gain control will not be configurable since the sensor library will automatically adjust the value according to the ambient light. Then you can configure iris mode as "indoor" or "outdoor" to reach the best image quality.

- Iris mode: Select Indoor or Outdoor iris mode to adapt to the installation. The preset iris aperture setting will apply. Note that on a fixed lens model, this option is not configurable.

You can click Restore to recall the original settings without incorporating the changes. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.

If you want to configure another sensor setting for day/night/schedule mode, please click Profile to open the Profile of exposure settings page as shown below.

Activated period: Select the mode this profile to apply to: Day mode, Night mode, or Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose Schedule mode. Then click Save for the configuration to take effect.

Please follow the steps below to set up a profile:

1. Select the Profile mode tab.
2. Select the applicable mode: Night mode or Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose Schedule mode.
3. Configure Exposure control settings in the following columns. Please refer to previous dicussions for detailed information.
4. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit the page.

NOTE:

Note that when the WDR Pro function is enabled, the Measurement window is not configurable.

General settings Image settings Exposure Focus Privacy mask STANDARD REMODEL Normal light mode Profile mode Enable to apply these settings at right mode Schedule mode Measurement window Full view Custom SLC Exposure control Exposure level: 0 Exposure mode: Auto Ins mode: Outdoor Restore Save

■ WDR Pro:

This refers to the Wide Dynamic Range function that enables the camera to capture details in a high contrast environment. Use the checkbox to enable the function, and use the slide bar to select the strength of the WDR Pro functionality, depending on the lighting condition at the installation site. You can select a higher effect when the contrast is high (between the shaded area and the light behind the objects).

Enable WDR enhanced: This function allows users to identify more image details with an extreme contrast from an object of interest with one shadowed side against a bright background, e.g., an entrance. You may select the Enable WDR enhanced checkbox, and then adjust the strength (low, medium, high) to reach the best image quality.

Focus (For models that come with a motorized lens)

Focus here refers to the Remote Focus, and is applicable to Network Cameras that are equipped with stepping motor lens. The automated focus adjustment function eliminates the needs to physically adjust camera focus. In an outdoor deployment consisting of a large number of cameras, the auto focus function can be very helpful when these cameras become out of focus after days or weeks of operation. And that can easily result from the effects of natural forces, e.g., shrink and expand due to a wide range of operating temperatures and the vibration caused by wind.

General ceilings Image ceilings Exposure Focus Price sky mask HTTP-V) 2014/05/19 17:16:34 Focus window X Zoom Focus Auto Focus Full-range view Fully-opened site Perform auto focus Focus window Full view Custom Zoom 1277 Height 718

Below is the procedure to perform the automated Focus function:

1. Select from the bottom of the screen whether you want to perform focus adjustment on the Full view or within a Custom focus window. You can create a custom window and click and drag the window to a desired position on screen.

2. It is recommended to Reset to the default back focus position of the sensor board.

3. You can use the Open iris checkbox (default) to increase the iris size for a better focus adjustment result.

4. Click to select the Fully-opened iris or the Full-range scan buttons. When a full-range scan is selected, a full-range scan through the camera's entire focal length can take about 30 to 80 seconds. If not, the auto focus scan will only go through the length where optimal focus may occur, and that takes about 15 to 20 seconds. In theory, best results of the auto scan can be acquired when the camera's iris is fully open.

5. Wait for the scan to complete. After a short while, the clearest image obtained should be displayed and the optimal focus range achieved. Use the arrow marks on the sides to fine-tune the focus if you are not satisfied with the results. You may still need to use the arrow marks to fine-tune the focus depending on the live image on your screen. “>” means moving from wide to tele end; and “<” tele to wide.

The methodology of using the Resize Buttons at the upper left corner of the streaming window is the same as that on the home page.

Focus window:

By default, the optimal focus is found on a full view window. You may designate a custom window within your current field of view to acquire the best focus out of it. However, you can not place a focus window on a distant background, e.g., a hall way that stretches away for 3 meters or farther. Doing so you will not benefit from the Focus window function.

■ Full view: The focus tuning takes place by referring to the full view.
■ Custom: You can create a focus window and drag it to a place of interest in your view window. Note that it is recommended to use this function only when you have a solid object in your view window that is showing a consistent color or texture. This function will not take effect if you set the focus window on a distant background.

Privacy mask

Click Privacy Mask to open the settings page. On this page, you can block out sensitive zones to address privacy concerns.

Enable privacy mask

Street view of a multi-lane highway with vehicles, modern buildings in background under clear sky (no visible text or symbols)

Window name neighbor window New Save

■ To set the privacy mask windows, follow the steps below:

1. Click New to add a new window.
2. You can use 4 mouse clicks to create a new masking window, which is recommended to be at least twice the size of the object (height and width) you want to cover.
3. Enter a Window Name and click Save to enable the setting.
4. Click on the Enable privacy mask checkbox to enable this function.

NOTE:

▶ Up to 5 privacy mask windows can be set up on the same screen.
▶ If you want to delete the privacy mask window, please click the 'x' mark on the side of window name.

Media > Video

Mode (Available on 5MP resolution models)

Mode

Stream

5-Megapixel (4:3) (MAX 15fps)

○ 1080P Full HD (16:9) (MAX 30fps)

You can select different resolutions, 5 megapixel at the max. of 15fps and a lower 1080P Full HD resolution at a higher 30fps frame rate, with different aspect ratios, 4:3 or 16:9 for the video streams. Note that changing the FOV will erase your preset points, Motion detection, exposure window, and privacy masks settings.

Stream settings

Mode Stream

Video settings for stream 1 Viewing Window
Video settings for stream 2 Viewing Window
Video settings for stream 3 Viewing Window
Video settings for stream 4

Save

This Network Camera supports multiple streams with frame sizes ranging from 176 x 144 to 1920 x 1080 pixels (2MP models). The 5MP model supports a maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920.

The definition of multiple streams:

■ Stream 1: Users can define the "Region of Interest" (viewing region) and the "Output Frame Size" (size of the live view window).
■ Stream 2: The default frame size for Stream 2 is set to the 1280 x 720.
■ Stream 3: The default frame size for Stream 3 is set to the 640 x 480.
■ Stream 4: The default frame size for Stream 3 is set to the 1920 x 1080, and the Viewing Window function is not available for stream 4.

Click Viewing Window to open the viewing region settings page. On this page, you can configure the Region of Interest and the Output Frame Size for a video stream. For example, you can crop only a portion of the image that is of your interest, and thus save the bandwidth needed to transmit the video stream. As the picture shown below, the area of your interest in a parking lot should be the vehicles. The blue sky is of little value for the surveillance purpose.

Exterior view of a large parking lot with numerous parked cars under a cloudy sky, including a small inset image labeled 'VGA' and '2MP'.

Video stream: Steam 2 Region of interest: (0.0-100x38) custom Save Close Note frame also will be changed to match the region of interest.

Please follow the steps below to set up the configurations of a video stream:

1. Select a stream for which you want to set up the viewing region.
2. Select a Region of Interest from the drop-down list. The floating frame, the same as the one in the Global View window on the home page, will resize accordingly. If you want to set up a customized viewing region, you can also resize and drag the floating frame to a desired position with your mouse.
3. Choose a proper Output Frame Size from the drop-down list according to the size of your monitoring device.

NOTE:

All the items in the "Region of interest" should not be larger than the "Output Frame Size" (current maximum resolution).

■ The parameters of the multiple streams:

	Region of Interest Output frame size
Stream 1	1920 X 1080 ~ 176 x 144 (Selectable)	1920 X 1080 ~ 176 x 144 (Selectable)	The 5MP models support resolutions up to 2560x1920.
Stream 2 1920 X 1080 ~ 176 x 144 (Selectable) 1920 X	1080 ~ 176 x 144 (Selectable)
Stream 3 1920 X 1080 ~ 176 x 144 (Selectable) 1920 X	1080 ~ 176 x 144 (Selectable)
Stream 4 Fixed Fixed

When completed with the settings in the Viewing Window, click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit the window. The selected Output Frame Size will immediately be applied to the Frame size of each video stream. Then you can go back to the home page to test the e-PTZ function. For more information about the e-PTZ function, please refer to page 102.

Output Frame Size
(Size of the Live View Window)

Click the stream item to display the detailed information. The maximum frame size will follow your settings in the above Viewing Window sections.

Video settings for stream 1 Viewing Window H.264 Frame size: 1920x1060 Maximum frame rate: 30 fps Intra frame period: 1 S Video quality Constant bit rate: Target bit rate: 4 Mbps Policy: Frame rate priority Fixed quality: Smart stream: JPEG Video settings for stream 2 Viewing Window H.264 JPEG Frame size: 1260x720 Maximum frame rate: 30 fps Video quality Constant bit rate: Fixed quality: Quality: Excellent Maximum bit rate: 40 Mbps Constant bit rate: Target bit rate: 3 Mbps Policy: Frame rate priority

This Network Camera provides a real-time H.264 or MJPEG compression standard (Dual Codec) for real-time viewing. If the H.264 mode is selected, the video is streamed via RTSP protocol. There are several parameters through which you can adjust the video performance:

H.264 Frame size: 1920x1080 Maximum frame rate: 30 fps Intra frame period: 1 S Video quality Constant bit rate: Target bit rate: 4 Mbps Policy: Frame rate priority Fixed quality: Smart stream: JPEG

■ Frame size

You can set up different video resolutions for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers, or recording the stream to an NVR. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth.

■ Maximum frame rate - The 5MP resolution mode supports the max. of 15fps.

This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality and for recognizing moving objects in the field of view.

If the power line frequency is set to 50Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 15fps, 20fps, and 25fps. If the power line frequency is set to 60Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 15fps, 20fps, 25fps, and 30fps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

The frame rate will decrease if you select a higher resolution.

■ Intra frame period

Determine how often for firmware to plant an I frame. The shorter the duration, the more likely you will get better video quality, but at the cost of higher network bandwidth consumption. Select the intra frame period from the following durations: 1/4 second, 1/2 second, 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and 4 seconds.

■ Video quality

Constant bit rate:

- Constant bit rate: A complex scene generally produces a larger file size, meaning that higher bandwidth will be needed for data transmission. The bandwidth utilization is configurable to match a selected level, resulting in mutable video quality performance. The bit rates are selectable at the following rates: 20Kbps, 30Kbps, 40Kbps, 50Kbps, 64Kbps, 128Kbps, 256Kbps, 512Kbps, 768Kbps, 1Mbps, 2Mbps, 3Mbps, 4Mbps, 6Mbps, 8Mbps, 10Mbps, 12Mbps, 14Mbps, \~ to 32Mbps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value up to 40Mbps.

- Target bit rate: select a bit rate from the pull-down menu. The bit rate ranges from 20kbps to a maximum of 16Mbps. The bit rate then becomes the Average or Upper bound bit rate number. The Network Camera will strive to deliver video streams around or within the bit rate limitation you impose.

- Policy: If Frame Rate Priority is selected, the Network Camera will try to maintain the frame rate per second performance, while the image quality will be compromised. If Image quality priority is selected, the Network Camera may drop some video frames in order to maintain image quality.

- Fixed quality: On the other hand, if Fixed quality is selected, all frames are transmitted with the same quality; bandwidth utilization is therefore unpredictable. The video quality can be adjusted to the following settings: Medium, Standard, Good, Detailed, and Excellent. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

Maximum bit rate: With the guaranteed image quality, you might still want to place a bit rate limitation to control the size of video streams for bandwidth and storage concerns. The configurable bit rate starts from 1Mbps to 40Mbps.

You may also manually enter a bit rate number by selecting the Customized option.

- Smart stream: Smart stream effectively reduces the quality of the whole or the non-interested areas on a screen and therefore reduces the bandwidth consumed.

You can manually specify the video quality for the foreground and the background areas.

Smart stream:

Foreground quality:

Background quality:

Maximum bit rate:

Mode:

Manual window setting

Select an operation mode if Smart stream is preferred.

- Auto tracking: The Auto tracking mode configures the whole screen into the background area. The video quality of part of the screen returns to normal when one or more objects move in that particular area. The remainder of the screen where there are no moving objects (no pixel changes) will still be transmitted in low-quality format.

- Manual: The Manual mode allows you to configure 3 ROI windows (the Foreground areas) on the screen. Areas not included in any ROI windows will be considered as the Background areas. The details in the ROI areas will always be transmitted in a higher-quality video format.

As illustrated below, the upper screen may contain little details of your interest, while the sidewalk on the lower screen is included in an ROI window.

(TCP-V) 2013/6/3 11:31:24 background ROI_0 Foreground

As the result, the lower screen is constantly displayed in high details, while the upper half is transmitted using a lower-quality format. Although the upper half is transmitted using a lower quality format, you still have an awareness of what is happening on the whole screen.

Background: lower-quality Foreground: higher-quality

- Hybrid: The major difference between the “Manual” mode and the “Hybrid” mode is that:

In the "Hybrid" mode, any objects entering the background area will restore the video quality of the moving objects and the area around them. The video quality of the associated background area is immediately restored to normal to cover the moving objects.

In the “Manual” mode, the background area is always transmitted using a low-quality format regardless of the activities inside.

You should also select the Maximum bit rate from the pull-down menu as the threshold to contain the bandwidth consumption for both the high- and low-quality video sections in a smart stream.

If JPEG mode is selected, the Network Camera sends consecutive JPEG images to the client, producing a moving effect similar to a filmstrip. Every single JPEG image transmitted guarantees the same image quality, which in turn comes at the expense of variable bandwidth usage. Because the media contents are a combination of JPEG images, no audio data is transmitted to the client. There are three parameters provided in MJPEG mode to control the video performance:

JPEG Frame size: 1920x1080 Maximum frame rate: 10 fps Video quality ○ Constant bit rate: ● Fixed quality: Quality: Good Maximum bit rate: 40 Mbps

■ Frame size

You can set up different video resolutions for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth.

■ Maximum frame rate

This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality.

If the power line frequency is set to 50Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, and 15fps, and up to 50fps. If the power line frequency is set to 60Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 12fps, 15fps, and up to 30fps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value. The frame rate will decrease if you select a higher resolution.

■ Video quality

Refer to the previous page setting an average or upper bound threshold for controlling the bandwidth consumed for transmitting motion jpegs. The configuration method is identical to that for H.264.

For the Constant Bit Rate and other settings, refer to the previous page for details.

NOTE:

▶ Video quality and fixed quality refer to the compression rate. A lower value produces higher quality. The higher the compression rate, the lower the quality.
▶ Converting high-quality video significantly increases the CPU load, and you may encounter streaming disconnection or video loss while capturing a complicated scene. In the event of video loss, we suggest you customize the video stream to a lower resolution or reduce the frame rate for a smoother video.

Media > Audio

Audio Settings

Audio settings □ Mute Microphone source: Internal External microphone input gain: 70% Audio type ● G.711: pcmu ○ G.726 bit rate: 32 Kbps Save

Mute: Select this option to disable audio transmission from the Network Camera to all clients. Note that if muted, no audio data will be transmitted even if audio transmission is enabled on the Client Settings page. In that case, the following message is displayed:

Warning The media type has been changed to video only because the media from server contains no audio OK

Microphone source: Select to stream the audio from the internal microphone or the external microphone.

External microphone input gain: Select the gain of the external audio input according to ambient conditions. Adjust the gain between 100% and 0%.

Audio type: Select audio codec and the sampling bit rate.

■ G.711 also provides good sound quality and requires about 64Kbps. Select pcmu ( -Law) or pcma (A-Law) mode.
■ G.726 is a speech codec standard covering voice transmission at rates of 16, 24, 32, and 40kbit/s.

When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.

Network > General settings

This section explains how to configure a wired network connection for the Network Camera.

Network Type

Network type Port LAN Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE Enable Pv6 Save

LAN

Select this option when the Network Camera is deployed on a local area network (LAN) and is intended to be accessed by local computers. The default setting for the Network Type is LAN. Please remember to click on the Save button when you complete the Network setting.

Get IP address automatically: Select this option to obtain an available dynamic IP address assigned by the DHCP server each time the camera is connected to the LAN.

Use fixed IP address: Select this option to manually assign a static IP address to the Network Camera.

Network type Port LAN Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address IP address: 172.16.168.10 Subnet mask: 255.255.0.0 Default router: 172.16.0.1 Primary DNS: 192.168.0.21 Secondary DNS: 192.168.0.22 Primary WINS server: 192.168.0.21 Secondary WINS server: 192.168.0.22 Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE Enable IPv6 Save

1. You can make use of VIVOTEK Installation Wizard 2 on the software CD to easily set up the Network Camera on LAN. Please refer to Software Installation on page 17 for details.
2. Enter the Static IP, Subnet mask, Default router, and Primary DNS provided by your ISP or network administrator.

Subnet mask: This is used to determine if the destination is in the same subnet. The default value is "255.255.255.0".

Default router: This is the gateway used to forward frames to destinations in a different subnet. Invalid router setting will disable the transmission to destinations across different subnets.

Primary DNS: The primary domain name server that translates hostnames into IP addresses.

Secondary DNS: Secondary domain name server that backups the Primary DNS.

Primary WINS server: The primary WINS server that maintains the database of computer names and IP addresses.

Secondary WINS server: The secondary WINS server that maintains the database of computer names and IP addresses.

Enable UPnP presentation: Select this option to enable UPnP ^TM presentation for your Network Camera so that whenever a Network Camera is presented to the LAN, the shortcuts to connected Network Cameras will be listed in My Network Places. You can click the shortcut to link to the web browser. Currently, UPnP ^TM is supported by Windows XP or later. Note that to utilize this feature, please make sure the UPnP ^TM component is installed on your computer.

My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address My Network Places Go Network Tasks Local Network Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network View workgroup computers Wireless Network Camera (192.168.5.128) Mega-pixel Network Camera (192.168.5.151) Wireless Network Camera with Pan/Tilt (192.168.5.141)

Enable UPnP port forwarding: To access the Network Camera from the Internet, select this option to allow the Network Camera to open ports automatically on the router so that video streams can be sent out from a LAN. To utilize of this feature, make sure that your router supports UPnP ^™ and it is activated.

PPPoE (Point-to-point over Ethernet)

Select this option to configure your Network Camera to make it accessible from anywhere as long as there is an Internet connection. Note that to utilize this feature, an account provided by your ISP is necessary.

Follow the steps below to acquire your Network Camera's public IP address.

1. Set up the Network Camera on the LAN.

2. Go to Configuration > Event > Event settings > Add server (please refer to Add server on page 110) to add a new email or FTP server.

3. Go to Configuration > Event > Event settings > Add media (please refer to Add media on page 115).

Select System log so that you will receive the system log in TXT file format which contains the Network Camera's public IP address in your email or on the FTP server.

1. Go to Configuration > Network > General settings > Network type. Select PPPoE and enter the user name and password provided by your ISP. Click Save to enable the setting.

Network type LAN PPPoE User name: Password: Confirm password: Enable IPv6 Save

1. The Network Camera will reboot.

2. Disconnect the power to the Network Camera; remove it from the LAN environment.

NOTE:

▶ If the default ports are already used by other devices connected to the same router, the Network Camera will select other ports for the Network Camera.
If UPnP ^TM is not supported by your router, you will see the following message: Error: Router does not support UPnP port forwarding.
▶ Steps to enable the UPnP ^TM user interface on your computer: Note that you must log on to the computer as a system administrator to install the UPnP ^TM components.

1. Go to Start, click Control Panel, then click Add or Remove Programs.

Control Panel Add or Reduce Save Now Windows Server PRS and Services Office Database Excel Add or Reduce Programs Accessories and Therms Networks and Software Connections Home Properties Help, Find, Add和完善, and Advanced Services Accessories and Software Home Properties

1. In the Add or Remove Programs dialog box, click Add/Remove Windows Components.

Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs: Sort by: Name Apple Software Update Click here for support information. Size 2.10MB Used call Last Updated On 7/27/2007 Add new Programs To change this program or remove it from your computer, click Change or Remove. Change Remove Installation Wizard Microsoft Office Professional Edition 2003 Mozilla Firefox (2.0-0.6) PostgreSQL 8.2 QuickTime Virtual Machine Additions Vivotek Installation Wizard 2 VIVOTEK ST7501 Windows Genuine Advantage Validation Tool (KB892130) Windows XP Hotfix - KB823859 Windows XP Hotfix - KB828741 Windows XP Hotfix - KB833407 Windows XP Hotfix - KB835732 Close

1. In the Windows Components Wizard dialog box, select Networking Services and click Details.

Windows Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component, click the checkbox. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details. Components: Message Queueing 0.0 MB MSN Explorer 135 MB Networking Services 0.24 MB Other Network File and Print Services 0.0 MB Hybrid Front Certificates 0.0 MB Description: Contains a variety of specialized, network related services and protocols. Total disk space required 0.0 MB Space available on disk 12125.4 MB Details... < Back Next > Cancel

1. In the Networking Services dialog box, select Universal Plug and Play and click OK.

Networking Services To add or remove a component, click the check box. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details. Subcomponents of Networking Services: ✓ RIP Listener 0.0 MB ✓ Simple TCP/IP Services 0.0 MB ✓ Universal Plug and Play 0.2 MB Description: Listens for route updates sent by routers that use the Routing Information Protocol version 1 (RIPv1). Total disk space required: 0.0 MB Space available on disk: 12125.4 MB Details... OK Cancel

1. Click Next in the following window.

Windows Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP. To add or remove a component, click the checkbox. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details Components: Message Queueing 0.0 MB MSN Explorer 13.5 MB Networking Services 0.3 MB Other Network File and Print Services 0.0 MB Update Flow Certificates 0.0 MB Description: Contains a variety of specialized, network-related services and protocols. Total disk space required 0.0 MB Space available on disk: 12125.4 MB Details... < Back Next > Cancel

1. Click Finish. UPnP ^TM is enabled.

▶ How does UPnP ^TM work?
UPnP ^™ networking technology provides automatic IP configuration and dynamic discovery of devices added to a network. Services and capabilities offered by networked devices, such as printing and file sharing, are available among each other without the need for cumbersome network configuration. In the case of Network Cameras, you will see Network Camera shortcuts under My Network Places.
▶ Enabling UPnP port forwarding allows the Network Camera to open a secondary HTTP port on the router-not HTTP port-meaning that you have to add the secondary HTTP port number to the Network Camera's public address in order to access the Network Camera from the Internet. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the Network Camera's IP address.

From the Internet In LAN
http://203.67.124.123:8080 http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080

▶ If the PPPoE settings are incorrectly configured or the Internet access is not working, restore the Network Camera to factory default; please refer to Restore on page 46 for details. After the Network Camera is reset to factory default, it will be accessible on the LAN.

Enable IPv6

Select this option and click Save to enable IPv6 settings.

Please note that this only works if your network environment and hardware equipment support IPv6. The browser should be Microsoft® Internet Explorer 8 or 9, Mozilla Firefox 6.0 or above.

Network type LAN PPPoE User name: Password: Confirm password: Enable IPv6 IPv6 information Manually setup the IP address Save

When IPv6 is enabled, by default, the network camera will listen to router advertisements and be assigned with a link-local IPv6 address accordingly.

IPv6 Information: Click this button to obtain the IPv6 information as shown below.

[eth0 address] fe80.0000.0000.0000.0202.d1ff.fe0e.d4c8/64@Link [Gateway] IPv6 address list of gateway [DNS] IPv6 address list of DNS

If your IPv6 settings are successful, the IPv6 address list will be listed in the pop-up window. The IPv6 address will be displayed as follows:

Refers to Ethernet

[eth0 address] 2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Global fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Link [Gateway] fe80::211:d8ff:fea2:1a2b [DNS] 2010:05c0:978d::

Please follow the steps below to link to an IPv6 address:

1. Open your web browser.
2. Enter the link-global or link-local IPv6 address in the address bar of your web browser.
3. The format should be:

http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ IPv6 address

1. Press Enter on the keyboard or click the Refresh button to refresh the webpage. For example:

Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ VIVOTEK www.vivotech.com

NOTE:

▶ If you have a Secondary HTTP port (the default value is 8080), you can also link to the webpage using the following address format: (Please refer to HTTP streaming on page 79 for detailed information.)

http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/:8080 IPv6 address Secondary HTTP port

▶ If you choose PPPoE as the Network Type, the [PPP0 address] will be displayed in the IPv6 information column as shown below.

[eth0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:dlff:fe11:2299/64@Link [ppp0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:dlff:fe11:2299/10@Link 2001:b100:01c0:0002:0202:dlff:fe11:2299/64@Global [Gateway] fe80::90:1a00:4142:8ced [DNS] 2001:b000::1

Manually setup the IP address: Select this option to manually set up IPv6 settings if your network environment does not have DHCPv6 server and router advertisements-enabled routers. If you check this item, the following blanks will be displayed for you to enter the corresponding information:

Enable IPv6

IPv6 information

√ Manually setup the IP address

Optional IP address / Prefix length

Optional default router

Optional primary DNS

/ 64

Port

Network type HTTPS port: 443 Two way audio port: 5060 FTP port: 21 Save

HTTPS port: By default, the HTTPS port is set to 443. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

Two way audio port: By default, the two way audio port is set to 5060. Also, it can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

The Network Camera supports two way audio communication so that operators can transmit and receive audio simultaneously. By using the Network Camera's built-in or external microphone and an external speaker, you can communicate with people around the Network Camera.

Note that as JPEG only transmits a series of JPEG images to the client, to enable the two-way audio function, make sure the video mode is set to "MPEG-4" or "H.264" on the Media > Video > Stream settings page and the media option is set to "Media > Video > Stream settings" on the Client Settings page. Please refer to Client Settings on page 31 and Stream settings on page 65.

graph TD
    A["America"] -->|Audio transmitted from operators| B["Taiwan"]
    B --> C["Data transmission to operators"]
    C --> D["Computer with monitor and mouse"]
    D --> E["Smartphone with monitor and mouse"]
    E --> F["Monitor with camera"]
    F --> G["User interacting with devices"]

Audio is being transmitted to the Network Camera Video (TCP+AV) Talk Button Mic Volume Go to - Selected one - Mute

Click to enable audio transmission to the Network Camera; click to adjust the volume of microphone; click to turn off the audio. To stop talking, click again.

FTP port: The FTP server allows the user to save recorded video clips. You can utilize VIVOTEK's Installation Wizard 2 to upgrade the firmware via FTP server. By default, the FTP port is set to 21. It also can be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

Network > Streaming protocols

HTTP streaming

To utilize HTTP authentication, make sure that your have set a password for the Network Camera first; please refer to Security > User account on page 89 for details.

HTTP streaming RTSP streaming Authentication: basic HTTP port: 80 Secondary HTTP port: 8080 Access name for stream 1: video.mjpg Access name for stream 2: video2.mjpg Access name for stream 3: video3.mjpg Access name for stream 4: video4.mjpg Save

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the Network Camera provides two types of security settings for an HTTP transaction: basic and digest.

If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format and there can be potential risks of being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm and thus provide better protection against unauthorized accesses.

HTTP port / Secondary HTTP port: By default, the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080. They can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535. If the ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning messages will be displayed:

Microsoft Internet Explorer HTTP port must be 80 or from 1025 to 65535 OK

Microsoft Internet Explorer Secondary HTTP port must be from 1025 to 65535 OK

To access the Network Camera on the LAN, both the HTTP port and secondary HTTP port can be used to access the Network Camera. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the Network Camera's IP address.

On the LAN

http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080

Access name for stream 1 \~ 4: This Network camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. The access name is used to identify different video streams. Users can click Media > Video > Stream settings to set up the video quality of linked streams. For more information about how to set up the video quality, please refer to Stream settings on page 62.

When using Mozilla Firefox to access the Network Camera and the video mode is set to JPEG, users will receive video comprised of continuous JPEG images. This technology, known as “server push”, allows the Network Camera to feed live pictures to Mozilla Firefox.

URL command -- http://:/ For example, when the Access name for stream 2 is set to video2.mjpg:

1. Launch Mozilla Firefox or Netscape.
2. Type the above URL command in the address bar. Press Enter.
3. The JPEG images will be displayed in your web browser.

video2.mjpg (JPEG Image, 320x240 pixels) - Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help http://192.168.5.151/video2.mjpg Customize Links Free Hotmail Windows Media Windows

NOTE:

▶ Microsoft® Internet Explorer does not support server push technology; therefore, you will not be able to access a video stream using http://:/.

RTSP Streaming

To utilize RTSP streaming authentication, make sure that you have set a password for controlling the access to video stream first. Please refer to Security > User account on page 89 for details.

HTTP streaming RTSP streaming Authentication: basic Access name for stream 1: live.sdp Access name for stream 2: live2.sdp Access name for stream 3: live3.sdp Access name for stream 4: live4.sdp RTSP port: 554 RTP port for video: 5656 RTCP port for video: 6007 RTP port for metadata: 6556 RTCP port for metadata: 6557 RTP port for audio: 5658 RTCP port for audio: 6559 Multicast settings for stream 1 Multicast settings for stream 2 Multicast settings for stream 3 Multicast settings for stream 4 Save

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the Network Camera provides three types of security settings for streaming via RTSP protocol: disable, basic, and digest.

If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format, but there can be potential risks of it being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm, thus providing better protection against unauthorized access.

The availability of the RTSP streaming for the three authentication modes is listed below:

	Quick Time player VLC
Disable O O
Basic O O
Digest O X

Access name for stream 1 \~ 4: This Network camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. The access name is used to differentiate the streaming source.

If you want to use an RTSP player to access the Network Camera, you have to set the video mode to H.264 and use the following RTSP URL command to request transmission of the streaming data. rtsp://:/

For example, when the access name for stream 1 is set to live.sdp:

1. Launch an RTSP player.
2. Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.

3. Type the above URL command in the text box.

4. The live video will be displayed in your player as shown below.

Exterior view of a modern city bridge with vehicles and waterfront, no visible text or signage

Open URI Enter an Internet URL to open rtsp://192.168.5.151b54/live.sdp OK Cancel

RTSP port /RTP port for video, audio/ RTCP port for video, audio

■ RTSP (Real-Time Streaming Protocol) controls the delivery of streaming media. By default, the port number is set to 554.

■ The RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) is used to deliver video and audio data to the clients. By default, the RTP port for video is set to 5556.

■ The RTCP (Real-time Transport Control Protocol) allows the Network Camera to transmit the data by monitoring the Internet traffic volume. By default, the RTCP port for video is set to 5557.

The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The RTP port must be an even number and the RTCP port is the RTP port number plus one, and thus is always an odd number. When the RTP port changes, the RTCP port will change accordingly.

If the RTP ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Microsoft Internet Explorer Invalid port number. RTP video port must be an even number. OK

Multicast settings for streams: Click the items to display the detailed configuration information. Select the Always multicast option to enable multicast for video streams.

Multicast settings for stream 1 □ Always multicast Multicast group address: 239.128.1.99 Multicast video port: 5560 Multicast RTCP video port: 5561 Multicast metadata port: 6560 Multicast RTCP metadata port: 6561 Multicast audio port: 5562 Multicast RTCP audio port: 5563 Multicast TTL [1~255]: 15 ✓ Multicast settings for stream 2 □ Always multicast Multicast group address: 239.128.1.100 Multicast video port: 5564 Multicast RTCP video port: 5565 Multicast metadata port: 6564 Multicast RTCP metadata port: 6565 Multicast audio port: 5566 Multicast RTCP audio port: 5567 Multicast TTL [1~255]: 15 ▶ Multicast settings for stream 3

Unicast video transmission delivers a stream through point-to-point transmission; multicast, on the other hand, sends a stream to the multicast group address and allows multiple clients to acquire the stream at the same time by requesting a copy from the multicast group address. Therefore, enabling multicast can effectively save Internet bandwidth.

The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The multicast RTP port must be an even number and the multicast RTCP port number is the multicast RTP port number plus one, and thus is always odd. When the multicast RTP port changes, the multicast RTCP port will change accordingly.

If the multicast RTP video ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Microsoft Internet Explorer Inward post number. Multicast stress 1 video port must be an even number. OK

Multicast TTL [1\~255]: The multicast TTL (Time To Live) is the value that tells the router the range a packet can be forwarded.

Initial TTL Scope

0 Restricted to the same host

1 Restricted to the same subnetwork

32 Restricted to the same site

64 Restricted to the same region

128 Restricted to the same continent

255 Unrestricted in scope

IMPORTANT:

The Multicast metadata port is utilized by VIVOTEK VADP modules to transfer video analytics results, PTZ stream, textual data, and event messages between the camera and the client side running and observing the video analysis. If your client side computer is located outside the local network, you may need to open the associated TCP port on routers and firewall.

Network > DDNS

This section explains how to configure the dynamic domain name service for the Network Camera. DDNS is a service that allows your Network Camera, especially when assigned with a dynamic IP address, to have a consistent host and domain name.

Express link

Express Link is a free service provided by VIVOTEK server, which allows users to register a domain name for a network device. One URL can only be mapped to one MAC address. This service will examine if the host name is valid and automatically open a port on your router. If using DDNS, the user has to manually configure UPnP port forwarding. Express Link is more convenient and easier to set up.

Express link Manual setup Enable express link http:// | .2bthere.net Help Save By Express link, all users need to do is create host name for the camera. It will generate the link to access the camera from internet.

Please follow the steps below to enable Express Link:

1. Make sure that your router supports UPnP port forwarding and it is activated.
2. Check Enable express link.
3. Enter a host name for the network device and click Save. If the host name has been used by another device, a warning message will show up. If the host name is valid, it will display a message as shown below.

Express link Manual setup Enable express link http:// 0002D1123456 .2bthere.net The camera can now be accessed at http://0002D1123456.2bthere.net Help Save

Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites https://0002D1123456.2bthere.net VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video Stream 1 Manual Trigger: Digital Output On Off Focus Assist On Off Mega-Pixel Network Camel Auto 100% 80% 25% (TCP-AV)

Manual setup

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS:

Provider:

Host name:

User name:

Password:

Dyndns.org(Dynamic)

Enable DDNS: Select this option to enable the DDNS setting.

Provider: Select a DDNS provider from the provider drop-down list.

VIVOTEK offers Safe100.net, a free dynamic domain name service, to VIVOTEK customers. It is recommended that you register Safe100.net to access VIVOTEK's Network Cameras from the Internet. Additionally, we offer other DDNS providers, such as Dyndns.org(Dynamic), Dyndns.org(Custom), TZO.com, DHS.org, CustomSafe100, dyn-interfree.it.

Note that before utilizing this function, please apply for a dynamic domain account first.

■ Safe100.net

1. In the DDNS column, select Safe100.net from the drop-down list. Click I accept after reviewing the terms of the Service Agreement.
2. In the Register column, fill in the Host name (xxxx.safe100.net), Email, Key, and Confirm Key, and click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, a success message will be displayed in the DDNS Registration Result column.

Register

Host name:

Email:

Key:

Confirm key:

WTK.safe100.net

[e-mail]

...

●●●●

Forget key

To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in the following fields and then click "Register".

Register

DDNS Registration Result:

[Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address

Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.

1. Click Copy and all the registered information will automatically be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column at the top of the page as seen in the picture.

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS:

Provider:

Host name:

Email:

Key:

Safe100.net

VWTK.safe100.net

[e-mail]

...

[*.safe100.net]

Save

Register

Host name:

Email:

Key:

Confirm key:

WTK.safe100.net

[e-mail]

●●●●

...

Forget key

To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in

the following fields and then click "Register".

Register

DDNS Registration Result:

[Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address

Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the

DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.

1. Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.

■ CustomSafe100

VIVOTEK offers documents to establish a CustomSafe100 DDNS server for distributors and system integrators. You can use CustomSafe100 to register a dynamic domain name if your distributor or system integrators offer such services.

1. In the DDNS column, select CustomSafe100 from the drop-down list.
2. In the Register column, fill in the Host name, Email, Key, and Confirm Key; then click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, you will see a success message in the DDNS Registration Result column.
3. Click Copy and all for the registered information will be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column.
4. Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.

Forget key: Click this button if you have forgotten the key to Safe100.net or CustomSafe100. Your account information will be sent to your email address.

Refer to the following links to apply for a dynamic domain account when selecting other DDNS providers:

■ Dyndns.org(Dynamic) / Dyndns.org(Custom): visit http://www.dyndns.com/

Network > QoS (Quality of Service)

Quality of Service refers to a resource reservation control mechanism, which guarantees a certain quality to different services on the network. Quality of service guarantees are important if the network capacity is insufficient, especially for real-time streaming multimedia applications. Quality can be defined as, for instance, a maintained level of bit rate, low latency, no packet dropping, etc.

The following are the main benefits of a QoS-aware network:

■ The ability to prioritize traffic and guarantee a certain level of performance to the data flow.
■ The ability to control the amount of bandwidth each application may use, and thus provide higher reliability and stability on the network.

Requirements for QoS

To utilize QoS in a network environment, the following requirements must be met:

■ All network switches and routers in the network must include support for QoS.
■ The network video devices used in the network must be QoS-enabled.

QoS models

CoS (the VLAN 802.1p model)

IEEE802.1p defines a QoS model at OSI Layer 2 (Data Link Layer), which is called CoS, Class of Service. It adds a 3-bit value to the VLAN MAC header, which indicates the frame priority level from 0 (lowest) to 7 (highest). The priority is set up on the network switches, which then use different queuing disciplines to forward the packets.

Below is the setting column for CoS. Enter the VLAN ID of your switch (0\~4095) and choose the priority for each application (0\~7).

CoS Enable CoS VLAN ID: 1 Live video: 0 ▼ Live audio: 0 ▼ Event/Alarm: 0 ▼ Management: 0 ▼

If you assign Video the highest level, the switch will handle video packets first.

NOTE:

▶ A VLAN Switch (802.1p) is required. Web browsing may fail if the CoS setting is incorrect.
The Class of Service technologies do not guarantee a level of service in terms of bandwidth and delivery time; they offer a "best-effort." Users can think of CoS as "coarsely-grained" traffic control and QoS as "finely-grained" traffic control.
▶ Although CoS is simple to manage, it lacks scalability and does not offer end-to-end guarantees since it is based on L2 protocol.

QoS/DSCP (the DiffServ model)

DSCP-ECN defines QoS at Layer 3 (Network Layer). The Differentiated Services (DiffServ) model is based on packet marking and router queuing disciplines. The marking is done by adding a field to the IP header, called the DSCP (Differentiated Services Codepoint). This is a 6-bit field that provides 64 different class IDs. It gives an indication of how a given packet is to be forwarded, known as the Per Hop Behavior (PHB). The PHB describes a particular service level in terms of bandwidth, queueing theory, and dropping (discarding the packet) decisions. Routers at each network node classify packets according to their DSCP value and give them a particular forwarding treatment; for example, how much bandwidth to reserve for it.

Below are the setting options of DSCP (DiffServ Codepoint). Specify the DSCP value for each application (0\~63).

QoS/DSCP Enable QoS/DSCP Live video: 0 Live audio: 0 Event/Alarm: 0 Management: 0

Save

Network > SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

This section explains how to use the SNMP on the network camera. The Simple Network Management Protocol is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. It helps network administrators to remotely manage network devices and find, solve network problems with ease.

■ The SNMP consists of the following three key components:

1. Manager: Network-management station (NMS), a server which executes applications that monitor and control managed devices.
2. Agent: A network-management software module on a managed device which transfers the status of managed devices to the NMS.
3. Managed device: A network node on a managed network. For example: routers, switches, bridges, hubs, computer hosts, printers, IP telephones, network cameras, web server, and database.

Before configuring SNMP settings on the this page, please enable your NMS first.

SNMP Configuration

Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c

Select this option and enter the names of Read/Write community and Read Only community according to your NMS settings.

Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c

SNMPv1, SNMPv2c Settings

Read/Write community:

Private

Read only community:

Public

Enable SNMPv3

This option contains cryptographic security, a higher security level, which allows you to set the Authentication password and the Encryption password.

■ Security name: According to your NMS settings, choose Read/Write or Read Only and enter the community name.
■ Authentication type: Select MD5 or SHA as the authentication method.
■ Authentication password: Enter the password for authentication (at least 8 characters).
■ Encryption password: Enter a password for encryption (at least 8 characters).

Enable SNMPv3

SNMPv3 Settings

Read/Write Security name:

Private

Authentication Type:

MD5

Authentication Password:

Encryption Password:

Read only Security name:

Public

Authentication Type:

MD5

Authentication Password:

广力云智慧零售收银系统

Encryption Password:

Security > User accounts

This section explains how to enable password protection and create multiple accounts.

Root Password

Root password Root password: Confirm root password: Save

The administrator account name is "root", which is permanent and can not be deleted. If you want to add more accounts in the Manage User column, please apply the password for the "root" account first.

1. Type the password identically in both text boxes, then click Save to enable password protection.
2. A window will be prompted for authentication; type the correct user's name and password in their respective fields to access the Network Camera.

Privilege Management

Root password Privilege management Account management Allow anonymous viewing Operator: ✓ Digital output ✓ PTZ control Viewer: ✓ Digital output ✓ PTZ control Save

PTZ control: You can modify the management privilege for operators or viewers. Select or deselect the checkboxes, then click Save to enable the settings. If you give Viewers the privilege, Operators will also have the ability to control the Network Camera through the main page. (Please refer to Configuration on page 36).

Allow anonymous viewing: If you check this item, any client can access the live stream without entering a User ID and Password.

Account Management

Manage user Existing user name: --Add new user-- User name: User password: Confirm user password: Privilege: Administrator Administrator Operator Viewer Delete Add Update

Administrators can create up to 20 user accounts.

1. Input the new user's name and password.
2. Select the privilege level for the new user account. Click Add to enable the setting.

Access rights are sorted by user privilege (Administrator, Operator, and Viewer). Only administrators can access the Configuration page. Although operators cannot access the Configuration page, they can use the URL Commands to get and set the value of parameters. For more information, please refer to URL Commands of the Network Camera on page 139. Viewers can only access the main page for live viewing.

Here you also can change a user's access rights or delete user accounts.

1. Select an existing account to modify.
2. Make necessary changes and click Update or Delete to enable the setting.

Security > HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL)

This section explains how to enable authentication and encrypted communication over SSL (Secure Socket Layer). It helps protect streaming data transmission over the Internet on higher security level.

Create and Install Certificate Method

Before using HTTPS for communication with the Network Camera, a Certificate must be created first. There are three ways to create and install a certificate:

Create self-signed certificate

1. Select this option from a pull-down menu.
2. In the first column, select Enable HTTPS secure connection, then select a connection option: "HTTP & HTTPS" or "HTTPS only".
3. Click Create certificate to generate a certificate.

HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS HTTPS only Please wait while the certificate is being generated... Certificate: Certificate information Status: Not installed method: Create self-signed certificate Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK.inc Organization unit: VIVOTEK.inc Common name: www.vivotek.com Validity: 3650 days Create certificate

1. The Certificate Information will automatically be displayed as shown below. You can click Certificate properties to view detailed information about the certificate.

Certificate information Status: Active method: Create self-signed certificate Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK.lnc Organization unit: VIVOTEK.lnc Common name: www.vivotek.com Certificate properties Remove certificate

1. Click Save to preserve your configuration, and your current session with the camera will change to the encrypted connection.
2. If your web session does not automatically change to an encrypted HTTPS session, click Home to return to the main page. Change the URL address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.

https://

Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address https://192.168.5.151/index.html VIVOTEK Video stream: 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: On Off Focus assist: On Off PTZ control: Digital Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Global view: Mega-Pixel Network Camera Home Client settings Configura (TCP-AV) Security Alert You are about to view pages over a secure connection. Any information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed by anyone else on the Web. In the future, do not show this warning OK More Info Security Alert Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others. However, there is a problem with the site's security certificate. The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority. The security certificate date is valid. The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed? Yes No View Certificate Security Information This page contains both secure and nonsecure items. Do you want to display the nonsecure items? Yes No More Info

Create certificate request and install

1. Select the option from the Method pull-down menu.
2. Click Create certificate to proceed.
3. The following information will show up in a pop-up window after clicking Create. Then click Save to generate the certificate request.

Certificate information Status: Not installed Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Please wait while the certificate is being generated... Create certificate

1. The Certificate request window will prompt.

http://192.168.4.168/setup/security/certificate_request.html - Windows Intern Create certificate request completed Copy the PEM format request below and send it to a CA for identify validation. After that, you have to install it by clicking the "Upload" button on HTTPS page. Certificate request (PEM format) ----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST---- MIIBasOCADvCAQIwcaEIMAGkGAIESEhCVVTrxDTALBgHVBAgTBEFpsaMKxDTALBgMVRAeTBEFpsaNEmFTATBgMVBaAsTDFJIVvKNDugEWkJyEVNBMCAIECwA007v1NT1DFSyBjNeadtdtMyqvFyDVVQQDEv93d3nudel1b38lay6jb2d9vgD8v0QYJXoIIhvnuHAQEBBQADgYOMIGDJaOGBALfPjkjh1CouICHp43FUMUngGEPtQ8a184HCTbravthpun/WADJAYkMHcLQvQpmpMy9crSYto0JuSTbkbLAiuRn/T9TRdv24UC0aShownEAg2E16ZpmGIFYPNL144VnhualscovwwRVNOsXiaflodDJUKKnC3UNpVL8akJS17VAABAgNBAAgPADAMSqxqhkl59VHSAQDFAA08gQhdQppKdUlcWmStL2RhEUSEEM3nBr1K0mQYrk/ygTELEkDWKEKL1gi914XpFNjAVMDv0LiJoOOh/nyKD8nJaJeEINiSLJhDIA1FmIJKMP1IAvC46eaOhSbqT9e9ILK4V11wClpRXNmnEuUqRa4HYVyaRydSaeQuJSVeIDMaxrflum-- ----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----

If you see the following Information bar, click OK and click on the Information bar at the top of the page to allow pop-ups.

HTTPS - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://192.168.5-151 ([e-mail] Pop-up blocked. To see the pop-up or additional options click here... VIVOTEK VIVOTEK System Security User account HTTP$ Access Net WEB 062.1x Network Home Configuration Language VIVOTEK VIVOTEK VIVOTEK > HTTPS Information Bar Did you notice the Information Bar? The Information Bar alerts you when Internet Explorer blocks a pop-up window or file download that might not be safe. If a Web page does not display properly, look for the Information Bar [new the top of your [answer]] Do not show this message again. Learn about the Information Bar... OK

1. Look for a trusted certificate authority, such as Symantec's VeriSign Authentication Services, that issues digital certificates. Sign in and purchase the SSL certification service. Copy the certificate request from your request prompt and paste it in the CA's signing request window. Proceed with the rest of the process as CA's instructions on their webpage.

Symantec. Trust Center Free Trial 1) Select 2) Reference Center 3) CSR 4) Summary Chat With Us Date: Certificate Signing Request (CSR) Server platforms: Select one Sample CSR #ON/CR/STATE REQUEST ##C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\n##C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\ Microsoft Excel 2005-06-09 ##C:\Program Files\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\Microsoft Office\n##C:\Program Files\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pc\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pcp\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pct\Cas#Pct\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas#Pcs\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas#

C:\Program Files\Cas#

##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\Cas# ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR ##C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:\Program Files\MCSR

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

C:

### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ### ## ######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

######

#####

######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## ######## #######

1. Once completed, your SSL certificate should be delivered to you via an email or other means. Copy the contents of the certificate in the email and paste it in a text/HTML/hex editor/converter, such as IDM Computer Solutions' UltraEdit.

immediately, please dial 866.893.6565 or 650.426.5112 option 3 or send an email to [e-mail]

Thank you for your interest in Symantec!

----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----

M1FRECCCA+pydAldQIFcAcaHs#eBbIaHQDQIAaRhgPheAldNqOBAQFADCHyacLMgAaLDENBCTVWmFaKpSAgVgNAaTcl110i1tAaAbLCnSaeNtGkAaLgYVQVQLEydBcllGpFvRcBDQdXwBnlIcyCfbMaxYlAgTndgYfNDxKfthmNlcy4ag2BAgNTVbAStOvImls108MnVzSEbBCdGhAccovLc3dlyd2XkPcJlnb5yhjQVTB3aLiPlcEtyRAsOvYGTEnCaaAaDAeKfVwVysVbp2gApBrpYwWgGYdTKJHPIcnLctIQDQA::TEcYbNKDTEpyKcdwtAaWdAAWToKDTEyDgspYtIsntKtLOvgws4axCta7BgFBAYTALRQHvQwYDVYQIE6bClaIhQmOwCYdYQHFAB4c11bdSDWdEWDYVGQHfAAeSVYFVEVLILdylyakPTAtpBVgNAoGTFCfVvNtBnQsgNtlyifHdBqDA10ECwQWTVyknQmdyPsAGH1ISFDTASdy2XkPcJlnb9jln20yVYbLAhJKrSNRYt3aaYveEHTENRBOUGALReAqQesHslLsd10DE85h2bdeBglDvQdNtQsIIInNccAaHEBBQdIgYAMG15aBAH2TecRsDrgCdC-bAePVTrpgtXICZytTSfa?sumByAtplsidde60qAdp/h+yhtcpTQgSCTDAwMBSCFp/QafIIPbQpWuGf010BG/qgtmARkyIaswkXhVhNAiLfdNtAvlolcDgyrPfRsaCHQ=94500nsBdShadHnpgAbkVioOhngzTAgDBAqYgbGMRTATBaaWNEEEEZqAgpt5daolcMANTcyelnRhvSTAJBqVHSRBEACAAAGAGAldOdFdEv/wQEAlveTCbcBCGbWNRBEAGHCnlgBqGlyfs,7odWncEveVOLYvSbYPAtwBaTylJeLnTlncIzaWuaLeDeNb59TVI.70cmIhhEcryLehlyChBNBqWVRASLqeWRNCDSCaCMBGO+KBrWnADcTaqprpgtFBQcCAXVjAwBCOHHkYeh3dmdwVyaKlpU24uY29TlsDbcy93DNNY28dwQYD5018HHFYAIYAHV8QGUQeADCCsAqGFbeCBHDAlUdsvQDNaAPcGzEqkgIgKlAYArTeZdo28dmVTiHNHQGCEaCGDFbeEBDGpd2lakBgprtgFBQcwAATTTaHoCdcVlrJycAcMdwYapKl24yAbTseHD4GCsAqSFUTnAChyJodHBvOlVfVZTPsYPVwBaTyrYWHaLflncIraWuaLeNbVb39TVI.70cmIhhEcryLehlyChBNBqHeqnWvDnOaAQFACCAEJaatfTfnleeKT7da/sarceThkLCKd2pqaCaltswtaScI2HpXerHp6TCLPMeORQyFLLPaFAeSTlEcSNCSXNBIAgP12yVfBtGfwWm9TtdsUyajnaefidShTsubJzTulpWuABhR/P+exv10DEvBSrsFsdtn/gacpKngWtywcMeCNWgqnDcIeS65pqPrsvrftbnbdhpjdYEbDSKfuSM18CKsAcqGv1RadI-7YvtTgPsNGmAgnhdCsnTchCDHwqGxNbnseI183ITIRKTDm6DpNtpdbgmFvyH8vVgYdUoVYdImm280pSo5qbiAAPB/gi/?Xeig==----ED CERTIFICATE----

1. Open a new edit, paste the certificate contents, and press ENTER at the end of the contents to add an empty line.

[Edit1*] - UtraEdit File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Macro Scripting Advanced Window Help File View Project Open Explorer Lists Filter: A: C: D: E: Network FTP Accounts Name Date modification Edit1* CmCGSAGG+EUBBxUwMTAvBggrBgEFBQcCARYjaHROcHM6Ly93d3cudnVyaJNpZ24u Y29tLZNvcy90ZXNOY2EwKQYdVR01BBYwFAYIKwYBBQUNAwEGCCsGAQUFBwBCMD0G AiUdIwQYM8aAFCqXE4q91qX13AYst7a02h8mYG71MHQGCCsGAQUFBwEBBCgwZjAk BggrBgEFBQcwAYYYaHROcDovL19jc3AudeVyaJNpZ24uY29tHD4GCCsGAQUFBzAC hjJodHRwOiUvU12SVBJpYWwtRzItYWlnLnZicm1zaWduLnNbVbSPTV1JUcm1hbKcy LmN1cjANBgkqhxiGDwOBAQUFAAOC AGEATxuH7FnIae/X7T6z/zsr9zEKhLKSEQSp qaNoHoNswixScI29Pp3ksKKvp6TCLPSBnrCPGjPalLFxAKBUTr3WiBCoXWRlAjNp12 qV3bDfxgVMWx9T7rd2oURjma6ifcMSTtub3Qc2Tu3pWeAKbAH/U+x+ojGOEvB3z cPaShn/qcapKcqOXv8ycwHeCWNBRQgmGci1368qkPzmsv7oErbnLhupjdxUESGTxu 3M13CXrAtQ2v1Red1fJQYSTgSONq2mA9ghdKuKTnhCHUwwgOxNBuceIIB3ITPK70 m6CoYpntb1qmFtyj9EvgIUdc6YZImn2BOqSc5q3iFARPH/g1//XeGg== ----END CERTIFICATE---- END

1. Convert file format from DOS to UNIX. Open File menu > Conversions > DOS to Unix.

File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Macro Scripting Advanced Window Help New Ctrl+N Open... Ctrl+O Quick Open... Ctrl+Q Close Close All Files Ctrl+Shift+F1 Close All Files Except Tlys FTP/Telvet Forward to Save Save Ctrl+S Save As... F12 Save All Alt+F12 Save Copy/Backup Encryption Rename File Cognare... Alt+F11 Sort Converspns Special Functions Print... Ctrl+P Print All Files Print Preview Print Setup/Configuration Favorite Files... Ctrl+Shift+F Recent Files Recent Projects/WorkSpace Cyt 18 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 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-- --END CERTIFICATE---- UNDQMAC to DOS DOS to MAC DOS to UNDX EBCDOC to ASCII ASCII to EBCDOC OEM to AIGSI ANSI to OEM ASCII to Unipede UTFd in Unipede Unipede to ASCII template List Global Power User

1. Save the edit using the ".crt" extension, using a file name like "CAcert.crt."

[C:\Documents and Settings\www\Desktop\1832v1*] - Altitude File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Columns Paths Approaching Advanced Window Help Save As Project Open Explorer Lists Filter: A: C: D: E: F: Network FTP Accounts Save in: Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network Places Adobe Reader 9 FileDla Client Google Chrome Installation Wizard 2 LiveClient McAfee Security Scan Plus Milestone xProtect Smart Client Mozilla Firefox Playback QuickTime Player RealPlayer TeachViewer 6 UltraCompare UltraEdit VIVOTEX BlackholePM公用资料夹 (位于 Blackhole) New Folder 44 45 46 802.1x 802.1x-1 802.1x-2 802.1x-3 access_alert activeX_plugin activeX_plugin1 File name: CAcet.cs Save as type: All Files (*.*) Line Terminator: Default Format: Default ADS Stream: Save Cancel Output Window

1. Return to the original firmware session, use the Browse button to locate the crt certificate file, and click Upload to enable the certification.

SUPREME Home Client settings Configuration Language Security > HTTPS System Media Network Security User accounts HTTPS Access list SEE 002.14 PTZ Event Applications Recording Local storage { Basic mode } Version: 0100s HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS C HTTPS only Certificate: Certificate information Status: Waiting for certificated Select certificate file: C:\Documents and Se Browse Upload Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivtek.com Remove certificate

1. When the certificate file is successfully loaded, its status will be stated as Active. Note that a certificate must have been created and installed before you can click on the "Save" button for the configuration to take effect.

HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS HTTPS only Certificate: Certificate information Status: Active Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Certificate properties Remove certificate Save

1. To begin an encrypted HTTPS session, click Home to return to the main page. Change the URL address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.

Security Alert You are about to view pages over a secure connection. Any information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed by anyone else on the Web. □ In the future, do not show this warning OK More Info

Security Information This page contains both secure and nonsecure items. Do you want to display the nonsecure items? Yes No More Info

Security Alert Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others. However, there is a problem with the site's security certificate. The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority. The security certificate date is valid. The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed? Yes No View Certificate

Security > Access List

This section explains how to control access permission by verifying the client PC's IP address.

General Settings

General settings Maximum number of concurrent streaming: 10 ▼ Connection management

Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s) limited to: Simultaneous live viewing for 1\~10 clients (including stream 1 to stream 3). The default value is 10. If you modify the value and click Save, all current connections will be disconnected and automatically attempt to re-link (IE Explorer or Quick Time Player).

View Information: Click this button to display the connection status window showing a list of the current connections. For example:

IP address Elapsed time User ID 172.16.2.53 00:00:05 192.168.4.104 01:49:35 Refresh Add to deny list Disconnect Close

Note that only consoles that are currently displaying live streaming will be listed in the View Information list.

■ IP address: Current connections to the Network Camera.
■ Elapsed time: How much time the client has been at the webpage.
■ User ID: If the administrator has set a password for the webpage, the clients have to enter a user name and password to access the live video. The user name will be displayed in the User ID column. If the administrator allows clients to link to the webpage without a user name and password, the User ID column will be empty.

There are some situations that allow clients access to the live video without a user name and password:

1. The administrator does not set up a root password. For more information about how to set up a root password and manage user accounts, please refer to Security > User account on page 89.
2. The administrator has set up a root password, but set RTSP Authentication to "disable". For more information about RTSP Authentication, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 80.
3. The administrator has set up a root password, but allows anonymous viewing. For more information about Allow Anonymous Viewing, please refer to page 89.

■ Refresh: Click this button to refresh all current connections.
■ Add to deny list: You can select entries from the Connection Status list and add them to the Deny List to deny access. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explorer or QuickTime Player). If you want to enable the denied list, please check Enable access list filtering and click Save in the first column.
■ Disconnect: If you want to break off the current connections, please select them and click this button. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explorer or QuickTime Player).

Filter

Enable access list filtering: Check this item and click Save if you want to enable the access list filtering function.

Filter type: Select Allow or Deny as the filter type. If you choose Allow Type, only those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below can access the Network Camera, and the others cannot. On the contrary, if you choose Deny Type, those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below will not be allowed to access the Network Camera, and the others can.

Filter Enable access list filtering Filter type: Allow Deny IPv4 access list Add Delete IPv6 access list Add Delete

Then you can Add a rule to the following Access List. Please note that the IPv6 access list column will not be displayed unless you enable IPv6 on the Network page. For more information about IPv6 Settings, please refer to Network > General settings on page 71 for detailed information.

There are three types of rules:

Single: This rule allows the user to add an IP address to the Allowed/Denied list.

For example:

Filter address Rule: Single IP address: 192.168.2.1 OK Cancel

Network: This rule allows the user to assign a network address and corresponding subnet mask to the Allow/Deny List. The address and network mask are written in CIDR format.

For example:

Filter address Rule: Network Network address / Network mask: 192.168.2.0 / 24 OK Cancel IP address range 192.168.2.x will be bolcked.

If IPv6 filter is preferred, you will be prompted by the following window. Enter the IPv6 address and the two-digit prefix length to specify the range of IP addresses in your configuration.

>Add IPv6 filter list Filter address Rule: Network Network address / Network mask : / OK Cancel

Range: This rule allows the user to assign a range of IP addresses to the Allow/Deny List.

Note: This rule only applies to IPv4 addresses.

For example:

Filter address Rule: Range IP address - IP address: 192.168.2.0 - 192.168.2.255 OK Cancel

Administrator IP address

Always allow the IP address to access this device: You can check this item and add the Administrator's IP address in this field to make sure the Administrator can always connect to the device.

Administrator IP address □ Always allow the IP address to access this device Save

Security > IEEE 802.1X

Enable this function if your network environment uses IEEE 802.1x, which is a port-based network access control. The network devices, intermediary switch/access point/hub, and RADIUS server must support and enable 802.1x settings.

The 802.1x standard is designed to enhance the security of local area networks, which provides authentication to network devices (clients) attached to a network port (wired or wireless). If all certificates between client and server are verified, a point-to-point connection will be enabled; if authentication fails, access on that port will be prohibited. 802.1x utilizes an existing protocol, the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP), to facilitate communication.

■ The components of a protected network with 802.1x authentication:

graph LR
    A["Supplicant\n(Network Camera)"] <--> B["Authenticator\n(Network Switch)"]
    B <--> C["Authentication Server\n(RADIUS Server)"]

1. Supplicant: A client end user (camera), which requests authentication.
2. Authenticator (an access point or a switch): A "go between" which restricts unauthorized end users from communicating with the authentication server.
3. Authentication server (usually a RADIUS server): Checks the client certificate and decides whether to accept the end user's access request.

■ VIVOTEK Network Cameras support two types of EAP methods to perform authentication: EAP-PEAP and EAP-TLS.

Please follow the steps below to enable 802.1x settings:

1. Before connecting the Network Camera to the protected network with 802.1x, please apply a digital certificate from a Certificate Authority (i.e., your network administrator) which can be validated by a RADIUS server.
2. Connect the Network Camera to a PC or notebook outside of the protected LAN. Open the configuration page of the Network Camera as shown below. Select EAP-PEAP or EAP-TLS as the EAP method. In the following blanks, enter your ID and password issued by the CA, then upload related certificate(s).

IEEE 802.1x

Enable IEEE 802.1x

EAP method:

Identity:

Password:

CA certificate:

Status: no file

EAP-PEAP Browse... Upload Remove

IEEE 802.1x

Enable 802.1x

EAP method:

Identity:

Private key passord:

CA certificate:

Status: no file

client certificate:

Status: no file

Client private key:

Status: no file

EAP-TLS

Browse..

Browse..

Browse..

[Non-Text]

Upload

Upload

Upload

1. When all settings are complete, move the Network Camera to the protected LAN by connecting it to an 802.1x enabled switch. The devices will then start the authentication automatically.

NOTE:

▶ The authentication process for 802.1x:

1. The Certificate Authority (CA) provides the required signed certificates to the Network Camera (the supplicant) and the RADIUS Server (the authentication server).
2. A Network Camera requests access to the protected LAN using 802.1X via a switch (the authenticator). The client offers its identity and client certificate, which is then forwarded by the switch to the RADIUS Server, which uses an algorithm to authenticate the Network Camera and returns an acceptance or rejection back to the switch.
3. The switch also forwards the RADIUS Server's certificate to the Network Camera.
4. Assuming all certificates are validated, the switch then changes the Network Camera's state to authorized and is allowed access to the protected network via a pre-configured port.

graph TD
    A["Certificate"] -->|1| B["VIVOTEK Network Camera"]
    A -->|1| C["Certificate Authority (CA)"]
    B <-->|2| D["Network Switch"]
    C <-->|1| D
    D <-->|4| E["RADIUS Server"]
    E -->|3| D
    D -->|Protected LAN| E

PTZ > PTZ settings

This section explains how to control the Network Camera's Pan/Tilt/Zoom operation.

Digital: Control the e-PTZ operation. Within a field of view, it allows users to quickly move the focus to a target area for close-up viewing without physically moving the camera.

Digital PTZ Operation (E-PTZ Operation)

The e-PTZ control settings section will be displayed as shown below:

Digital Select stream: 1 (TCP-V) 2015/05/20 09:57:30 x1.8 Home Zoom Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Auto pan/patrol speed: 1 Go to: -- Select one -- Home Location settings Set current position as home Restore Home position to default Preset and patrol settings Name: Add preset location User preset locations lower left center right upper right lower right Remove More Select Preset Locations for Patrol Patrol locations Dwell time (sec) upper left 5 left 5 lower left 5 center 5 right 5 Remove More Misc settings Zoom factor display Save

For e-PTZ related details, please refer to page 104.

Auto pan/patrol speed: Select the speed from 1\~5 (slow/fast) to set up the Auto pan/patrol speed control.

Zoom factor display

If you check this item, the zoom indicator will be displayed on the home page when you zoom in/out the live viewing window as the picture shown on the next page.

When completed with the e-PTZ settings, click Save to enable the settings on this page.

Home page in the E-PTZ Mode

Mega-Pixel Network Camera VIVOTEK Noise Stream Manual triggers: Digital output Home Cloud settings Configuration Language 2019/05/21 11:13:24 Go to Select one -- Select one -- up signal com

■ The e-Preset Positions will also be displayed on the home page. Select one from the drop-down list, and the Network Camera will move to the selected position.
■ If you have set up different preset positions for different streams, you can select one of the video streams to display its separate preset positions.

Global View

In addition to using the e-PTZ control panel, you can also use the mouse to drag or resize the floating frame to pan/tilt/zoom the viewing region. The live view window will also move to the viewing region accordingly.

Moving Instantly

If you check this item, the live view window will switch to the new viewing region instantly after you move the floating frame. If not selected, the process of moving from one position to another will be shown.

Click on Image

The e-PTZ function also supports "Click on Image". When you click on any point of the Global View Window or Live View Window, the viewing region will also move to that point.

Note that the "Click on Image" function only applies when you have configured a smaller "Region of Interest" out of the maximum output frame! e.g., an 800 x 600 region from out of the camera's maximum frame size.

Patrol button: Click this button, then the Network Camera will patrol among the selected preset positions continuously.

Patrol settings

You can select some preset positions for the Network Camera to patrol.

Please follow the steps below to set up a patrol schedule:

1. Select the preset locations on the list, and click >>.
2. The selected preset locations will be displayed on the Patrol locations list.
3. Set the Dwelling time for the preset location during an auto patrol.

4. If you want to delete a preset location from the Patrol locations list, select it and click Remove.

5. Select a location and click ▲ ▼ to rearrange the patrol order.

6. Select patrol locations you want to save in the list and click Save to enable the patrol settings.

7. To implement the patrol schedule, please go to homepage and click on the Patrol button. Please refer to the next page.

Digital

Select stream: 2 √

Aerial view of a multi-lane highway bridge with vehicles, surrounded by modern buildings and greenery under a clear blue sky (no visible text or symbols)

Home Zoom Pan speed: 0 ✓ Tilt speed: 0 ✓ Zoom speed: 0 ✓ Auto pan/patrol speed: 1 ✓ Go to: -- Select one -- ✓

Home location settings

Set current position as home

Restore home position to default

Preset and patrol settings

Name: Add preset location

2

Select Preset Locations for Patrol

3

User preset locations
√ upper left
√ left
lower left
√ center
right

Remove

More

□ Patrol locations

Dwell time (sec)

□ upper left
□ left
□ lower left
□ center
□ right

Remove

▲ ▼

More

4

5

Misc settings

√ Zoom factor display

6

NOTE:

The Preset Positions will also display on the Home page. Select one from the Go to menu, and the Network Camera will move to the selected position.
▶ Click Patrol: The Network Camera will patrol along the positions repeatedly.

Event > Event settings

This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to respond to particular situations (event). A typical application is that when a motion is detected, the Network Camera sends buffered images to an FTP server or e-mail address as notifications. Click on Help, there is an illustration shown in the pop-up window explaining that an event can be triggered by many sources, such as motion detection or external devices connected via the digital input wires. When an event is triggered, you can specify what type of action that will be performed. You can configure the Network Camera to send snapshots or videos to your email address or FTP site.

Event Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger Add Help Event Trigger → Action (What to do) Ex Motion detection, Periodically, Digital input, System boot Media (What to send) Server (Where to send) Ex. Snapshot, Video Clip, System log Ex. Email, FTP, HTTP Server, Network storage

Event

To configure an event with reactive measures such as recording video or snapshots, it is necessary to configure the server and media settings so that the Network Camera will know what action to take (such as which server to send the media files to) when a trigger is activated. An event is an action initiated by a user-defined trigger source. In the Event column, click Add to open the event settings window. Here you can arrange three elements -- Schedule, Trigger, and Action to set an event. A total of 3 event settings can be configured.

Event Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger Add Help Event name: Enable this event Priority: Normal Detect next motion detection or digital input after 10 second(s) 1. Schedule 2. Trigger 3. Action Event Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Save event Close

■ Event name: Enter a name for the event setting.
■ Enable this event: Select this option to enable the event setting.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this event (High, Normal, or Low). Events with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
■ Detect next event after □ seconds: Enter the duration in seconds to pause motion detection after a motion is detected. This can prevent event-related actions to take place too frequently.

1. Schedule

Specify the period of them during which the event trigger will take effect. Please select the days of the week and the time in a day (in 24-hr time format) for the event triggering schedule. For example, you may prefer an event to be triggered only during the off-office hours.

2. Trigger

This is the cause or stimulus which defines when to trigger the Network Camera. The trigger source can be configured to use the Network Camera's built-in motion detection mechanism or external digital input devices.

There are several choices of trigger sources as shown on the next page. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options.

■ Video motion detection

This option makes use of the built-in motion detection mechanism as a trigger source. To enable this function, you need to configure a Motion Detection Window first. For more information, please refer to Motion Detection on page 120 for details.

Video motion detection Normal: door Profile: hallway Note: Please configure Motion detection first

■ Periodically

This option allows the Network Camera to trigger periodically for every other defined minute. Up to 999 minutes are allowed.

Periodically Trigger every other 1 minutes

■ Digital input

This option allows the Network Camera to use an external digital input device or sensor as a trigger source. Depending on your application, there are many choices with digital input devices on the market which help detect changes in temperature, vibration, sound, light, etc.

■ System boot

This option triggers the Network Camera when the power to the Network Camera is disconnected and re-connected.

■ Recording notify

This option allows the Network Camera to trigger when the recording disk is full or when recording starts to overwrite older data.

■ Audio detection

A preset threshold can be configured with an external microphone as the trigger to system event. The triggering condition can be an input exceeding or falling below a threshold. Audio detection can take place as a complement to motion detection or as a method to detect activities not covered by the camera's view.

■ Camera tampering detection

This option allows the Network Camera to trigger when the camera detects that is is being tampered with. To enable this function, you need to configure the Tampering Detection option first. Please refer to page 124 for detailed information.

Camera tampering detection Tampering detection Trigger duration 10 seconds [10~600] Trigger threshold 12 [0~100] image too dark detection

■ Manual Triggers

This option allows users to enable event triggers manually by clicking the on/off button on the homepage. Please configure 1 to 3 associated events before using this function.

VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video Stream 1 Manual Trigger: 1 On Off 2 On Off 3 On Off

■ VADP

It is presumed that you already uploaded and enabled the VADP modules before you can associate VADP triggers with an Event setting.

Click on the Set VADP Trigger button to open the VADP setup menu. The triggering conditions available with 3rd-party software modules known as VADP will be listed. Use the arrow buttons to select these triggers. Users may implant these modules for different purposes such as triggering motion detection, or applications related to video analysis, etc. Please refer to page 127 for the configuration options with VADP modules.

VADP Set VADP Trigger VADP Triggers ManualTrigger TriggerA TriggerB TriggerC TriggerD Triggers for Event Settings >>> << Close Save

Once the triggers are configured, they will be listed under the VADP option.

VADP TriggerD TriggerA TriggerB TriggerC Set VADP Trigger ManualTrigger >> << TriggerD TriggerA TriggerB TriggerC Close Save

3. Action

Define the actions to be performed by the Network Camera when a trigger is activated.

Action Backup media if the network is disconnected Trigger digital output for 1 seconds Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None---- SD test View HTTP ----None---- nas ----None---- Create folders by date time and hour automatically View Add server Add media

■ Trigger digital output for □ seconds

Select this option to turn on the external digital output device when a trigger is activated. Specify the length of the trigger interval in the text box.

■ Backup media if the network is disconnected

Select this option to backup media file on SD card if the network is disconnected. This function will only be displayed after you set up a network storage (NAS). The media to back up can include snapshot images, video, or system logs depending on your event settings.

Add server

It is necessary to configure the server and media settings so that the Network Camera will know what action to take (such as which server to send the media files to) when a trigger is activated. Click Add server to open the server setting window. You can specify where the notification messages are sent to when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 server settings can be configured.

There are four choices of server types available: Email, FTP, HTTP, and Network storage. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Add server Add media Server name: Email Server type Email Sender email address: [e-mail] Recipient email address: [e-mail] Server address: Ms.vivotek.tw User name: user Password: ********** Server port 25 This server requires a secure connection (SSL) FTP HTTP Network storage Test Save server Close

Server type - Email

Select to send the media files via email when a trigger is activated.

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ Sender email address: Enter the email address of the sender.
■ Recipient email address: Enter the email address of the recipient.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the email server.
■ User name: Enter the user name of the email account if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password of the email account if necessary.
■ Server port: The default mail server port is set to 25. You can also manually set another port.

If your SMTP server requires a secure connection (SSL), select This server requires a secure connection (SSL).

To verify if the email settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window. If successful, you will also receive an email indicating the result.

The email has been sent successfully.

http://192.168.5.133App-INa/ben/berverz.org Since in sending email.

Click Save server to enable the settings.

Note that after you configure the first event server, the new event server will automatically display on the Server list. If you wish to add other server options, click Add server.

Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None ----- SD test View Email ----None ----- Add server Add media

Server type - FTP

Select to send the media files to an FTP server when a trigger is activated.

Server name: FTP Server Type Email FTP Server address: ftp.vivotek.com Server port: 21 User name: vivotek Password: ••••••• FTP folder name: ✓ Passive mode HTTP Network storage Test Save server Close

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the FTP server.
■ Server port: By default, the FTP server port is set to 21. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.
■ User name: Enter the login name of the FTP account.
■ Password: Enter the password of the FTP account.
■ FTP folder name

Enter the folder where the media files will be placed. If the folder name does not exist, the Network Camera will automatically create one on the FTP server.

■ Passive mode

Most firewalls do not accept new connections initiated from external requests. If the FTP server supports passive mode, select this option to enable passive mode FTP and allow data transmission to pass through the firewall. The firmware default has the Passive mode checkbox selected.

To verify if the FTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as shown below. If successful, you will also receive a test.txt file on the FTP server.

ftp transmission successfully.

ftp transmission failed.

Click Save server to enable the settings.

Server type - HTTP

Select to send the media files to an HTTP server when a trigger is activated.

Server name: HTTP Server Type Email FTP HTTP URL: http://192.168.5.10/cgi-bin/upload.cgi User name: Password: Network storage Test Save server Close

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ URL: Enter the URL of the HTTP server.
■ User name: Enter the user name if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password if necessary.

To verify if the HTTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as shown below. If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the HTTP server.

HTTP Transmission successfully. Thanks

HTTP Transmission failed.

Click Save server to enable the settings.

Network storage:

Select to send the media files to a networked storage when a trigger is activated. Please refer to NAS server on page 133 for details. Note that only one NAS server can be configured.

Click Save server to enable the settings.

Action Backup media if the network is disconnected Server Media Extra parameter SD None SD test View Email None FTP None HTTP None NAS None Create folders by date time and hour automatically View Add server Add media Close Save event

■ SD Test: Click to test your SD card. The system will display a message indicating the result as a success or a failure. If you want to use your SD card for local storage, please format it before use. Please refer to page 115 for detailed information.
■ View: Click this button to open a file list window. This function applies only to SD card and networked storage. If you click the View button for an SD card, a Local storage page will prompt so that you can manage the recorded files on qn SD card. For more information about Local storage, please refer to page 135. If you click the View button for a Network storage, a file directory window will prompt for you to view recorded data on Network storage. For detailed illustration, please refer to the next page.
■ Create folders by date, time, and hour automatically: If you select this item, the system will automatically create folders by the date when video footages are stored onto the networked storage.

The following is an example of a file destination with video clips:

20150120 20150121 20150122 The format is: YYYYMMDD Click to open the directory Delete Delete all Click to delete all recorded data elected items

Click 20150120 to open the directory:

The format is: HH (24r) Click to open the file list for that hour < 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ≥ file name size date time Recording1_58.mp4 2526004 2015/01/20 07:58:28 Recording1_59.mp4 2563536 2015/01/20 07:59:28 Delete Delete all Back Click to delete selected items Click to delete all recorded data

< 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ≥ file name size date time Recording1_58.mp4 2526004 2015/01/20 07:58:28 Recording1_59.mp4 2563536 2015/01/20 07:59:28 Delete Delete all Back

The format is: File name prefix + Minute (mm)

You can set up the file name prefix on Add media page. Please refer to next page for detailed information.

Add media

Click Add media to open the media setting window. You can specify the type of media that will be sent when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 media settings can be configured. There are three choices of media types available: Snapshot, Video Clip, and System log. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Add server Add media Media name: Media type Attached media: Snapshot Source: Stream 1 Send 1 pre-event image(s) [0~7] Send 1 post-event image(s) [0~7] File name prefix: Snapshot_ ✓ Add date and time suffix to file name Video clip System log Save media Close

Media type - Snapshot

Select to send snapshots when a trigger is activated.

■ Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.
■ Source: Select to take snapshots from any of the video streams.
■ Send □ pre-event images

The Network Camera has a buffer to temporarily hold data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide how many images to capture before a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.

■ Send □ post-event images

Enter a number to decide how many images to capture after a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.

For example, if both the Send pre-event images and Send post-event images are set to 7, a total of 15 images can be generated after a trigger is activated.

1 pic. 2 pic. 3 pic. 4 pic. 5 pic. 6 pic. 7 pic. 8 pic. 9 pic. 10 pic. 11 pic. 10 pic. 12 pic. 13 pic. 14 pic. 15 pic. Trigger Activation

■ File name prefix

Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

■ Add date and time suffix to the file name

Select this option to add a date/time suffix to the file name.

For example:

Snapshot_20150513_100341 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Click Save media to enable the settings.

Note that after you set up the first media server, a new column for media server will automatically display on the Media list. If you wish to add more media options, click Add media.

Media type - Video clip

Select to send video clips when a trigger is activated.

Media name: Video Clip Media Type Attached media: Snapshot Video Clip Source: Stream 1 Pre-event recording: 0 seconds [0~9] Maximum duration: 5 seconds [1~20] Maximum file size: 500 Kbytes [50~4096] File name prefix: Video Clip_ System log Save media Close

■ Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.
■ Source: Select a video stream as the source of video clip.
■ Pre-event recording

The Network Camera has a buffer to temporarily hold data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before a trigger is activated. Up to 9 seconds can be set.

■ Maximum duration

Specify the maximum recording duration in seconds. The duration can be up to 10 seconds.

For example, if pre-event recording is set to five seconds and the maximum duration is set to ten seconds, the Network Camera continues to record for another 4 seconds after a trigger is activated.

1 sec. 2 sec. 3 sec. 4 sec. 5 sec. 6 sec. 7 sec. 8 sec. 9 sec. 10 sec. Trigger Activation

■ Maximum file size

Specify the maximum file size allowed. Some users may need to stitch the video clips together when searching and packing up forensic evidence.

■ File name prefix

Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

For example:

Video_20150513_100341 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Click Save media to enable the settings.

Media type - System log

Select to send a system log when a trigger is activated.

Media name: System log Media Type Attached media: ● Snapshot ○ Video Clip ● System log Save media Close

Click Save media to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the page.

Action Backup media if the network is disconnected Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None ---- SD test View mail ----None ---- Add serve email log snapshot Save event Close

In the Event settings column, the Servers and Medias you configured will be listed; please make sure the Event -> Status is indicated as ON, in order to enable the event triggering action.

When completed, click the Save event button to enable the settings and click Close to exit Event Settings page. The new Event / Server settings / Media will appear in the event drop-down list on the Event setting page.

Please see the example of the Event setting page below:

Event Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger event1 ON V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 seq Delete Add Help Server settings Name Wayt Address/Location HTTP http http://192.168.5.10 Delete Add Media Available memory space: 13000KB Name Wayt Snapshot snapshot Delete Video clipvideoclip Delete System log.systemlog Delete Add Customized script Name Date Time Add

When the Event Status is ON, the event configuration above is triggered by motion detection, the Network Camera will automatically send snapshots via e-mail.

If you want to stop the event trigger, you can click on the ON button to turn it to OFF status or click the Delete button to remove the event setting.

To remove a server setting from the list, select a server name from the drop-down list and click Delete. Note that you can only delete a server setting when it is not applied in an existing event setting.

To remove a media setting from the list, select a media name from the drop-down list and click Delete. Note that you can only delete a media setting when it is not applied in an existing event setting.

Customized Script

This function allows you to upload a sample script (.xml file) to the webpage, which will save your time on configuring the settings. Please note that there is a limited number of customized scripts you can upload; if the current amount of customized scripts has reached the limit, an alert message will prompt. If you need more information, please contact VIVOTEK technical support.

Customized Script Name Date Time User1 20150213 18:13:46 User2 20150213 18:11:32 Click to upload a file Add User1 Delete Click to modify the script online 1 08:30:00-20:30:00 trigger trigger Mail system log to email address 0 0 1> /usr/bin/empclient -> "Motion" -f IP"139@vi*otek.com -b /var/log/messages -5 ms.vi*otek.tw -N & [e-mail] 0 Upload

Applications > Motion detection

This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to enable motion detection. A total of 5 motion detection windows can be configured.

Enable motion detection Normal light mode Profile mode Motion Detection Setting 2: For special situations Window name Motion1 Item size: 17 Sensitivity: 00% New Save

Motion Detection Setting 1: For normal situations

Follow the steps below to enable motion detection:

1. Click New to add a new motion detection window.
2. In the Window Name text box, enter a name for the motion detection window.

■ Use 4 mouse clicks to designate a detection window. You can change the window shape by dragging the corner marks to a preferred location.
- Drag the item size tab to change the minimum size of item to trigger an alarm. An item size box will appear in the center of screen for your reference (in semi-transparent red). An intruding object must be larger than the Item size to trigger an alarm. Change the item size according to the live view.
■ To delete a window, click the X mark on the right of the window name.

1. Define the sensitivity to moving objects by moving the Sensitivity slide bar. Note that a high sensitivity is prone to produce false alarms such as the fast changes of light (such as day/night mode switch, turning lights on/off). A movement must persist longer than 0.3 second for the motion to be detected.

2. Click Save to enable the settings.

3. Select Enable motion detection to enable this function.

For example:

Enable motion detection Normal light mode Profile mode Window name Motion 1 Item size: 17 Sensitivity: 10% New Save

The Percentage Indicator will rise or fall depending on the variation between sequential images. When motions are detected by the Network Camera and are considered to exceed the preset threshold, the red bar rises. Meanwhile, the motion detection window will be outlined in red.

Photos or videos can be captured instantly and configured to be sent to a remote receipient (via an Email or FTP server). For more information on how to configure an event setting, please refer to Event settings on page 106.

A green bar indicates that even though motions have been detected, the event has not been triggered because the image variations still fall under the preset threshold.

If you want to configure other motion detection settings for day/night/schedule mode (e.g., for a different lighting condition), please click Profile mode to open the Motion Detection Profile Settings page as shown below. Another three motion detection windows can be configured on this page.

Enable motion detection Normal light mode Profile mode Window name Motion1 Item size: 15 Enable to apply these settings at ● Night mode ○ Schedule mode [hh:mm] Sensitivity: 80% New Save

Please follow the steps beolw to set up a profile:

1. Create a new motion detection window.
2. Click the Profile mode tab.
3. Select the applicable Schedule mode. Please manually enter a time range.
4. Click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit the page.

This motion detection window will also be displayed on the Event Settings page. You can go to Event > Event settings > Trigger to select it as a trigger source. Please refer to page 131 for detailed information.

NOTE:

▶ How does motion detection work?

There are two motion detection parameters: Sensitivity and Min. Item Size. As illustrated above, frame A and frame B are two sequential images. Pixel differences between the two frames are detected and highlighted in gray in which the sensitivity setting will take effect. Sensitivity is a value that expresses the sensitivity to moving objects. A higher sensitivity setting allows camera to detect slight movements while a lower sensitivity setting will neglect them.

The minimum item size is a threshold value that determines how many “alerted pixels” can trigger an event. When the size of an intruding object is larger than the minimum size, and its movement persist for 0.3 second, the motion is judged to exceed the defined threshold; and the motion window will be outlined in red. With a large minimum item size, the size of moving object in frame C is considered as smaller than the minimum item size, no motion alarm is triggered. With a smaller minimum item size, the same moving object in frame D triggers the alarm.

For applications that require a high level of security management, it is suggested to use higher sensitivity settings. However, a higher sensitivity level can also produce false alarms due to fast light changes when switching between the day and night modes, AE switch, turning the light on or off, etc.

Applications > DI and DO

Digital input

Normal status:

High Low

Current status:

High

Digital output

Normal status:

Open Grounded

Current status:

Open

Save

Digital input: Select High or Low as the Normal status for the digital input. Connect the digital input pin of the Network Camera to an external device to detect the current connection status.

Digital output: Select Grounded or Open to define the normal status for the digital output. Connect the digital output pin of the Network Camera to an external device to determine the current status.

Set up the event source as DI on Event > Event settings > Trigger. Please refer to page 107 for detailed information.

Applications > Tampering detection

This section explains how to set up camera tamper detection. With tamper detection, the camera is capable of detecting incidents such as redirection, blocking or defocusing, or even spray paint.

Camera tampering detection □ Tampering detection Trigger duration 10 seconds [10~600] Trigger threshold 12 [0~100] □ Image too dark detection Trigger duration 2 seconds [1~10] Trigger threshold 15 [0~100] □ Image too bright detection Trigger duration 2 seconds [1~10] Trigger threshold 15 [0~100] □ Image too blurry detection Trigger duration 7 seconds [1~10] Trigger threshold 12 [0~100]

Please follow the steps below to set up the camera tamper detection function:

1. Enter the tamper trigger duration. (10 sec. \~ 10 min.) The tamper alarm will be triggered only when the tampering factor (the difference between current frame and pre-saved background) exceeds the trigger threshold. Conditions such as image too dark, too bright, or too blurry (defocused) can also be configured as tampering conditions.
2. You can configure Tampering Detection as a trigger element to the proactive event configurations in Event -> Event settings -> Trigger. For example, when the camera is tampered with, camera can be configured to send pre- and post-event video clips to a networked storage device. Please refer to page 108 for detailed information.

Applications > Audio detection

Audio detection, along with video motion detection, is applicable in the following scenarios:

1. Detection of activities not covered by camera view, e.g., a loud input by gun shots or breaking a door/window.
2. A usually noisy environment, such as a factory, suddenly becomes quiet due to a breakdown of machines.
3. A PTZ camera can be directed to turn to a preset point by the occurrence of audio events.
4. Dark environments where video motion detection may not function well.

The red circles indicate where the audio alarms can be triggered when breaching or falling below the preset threshold.

How to configure Audio detection:

1. Once the Audio detection window is opened, the current sound input will be interactively indicated by a fluctuating yellow wave diagram.
2. Use a mouse click to drag the Alarm level tab to a preferred location on the slide bar.
3. Select the "Enable audio detection" checkbox and click Save to enable the feature.

NOTE:

1. Note that the volume numbers (0\~100) on the side of wave diagram does not represent decibel (dB). Sound intensity level has already been mapped to preset values. You can, however, use the real-world inputs at your installation site that are shown on the wave diagram to configure an alarm level.
2. To configure this feature, you must not mute the audio in Configuration > Media > Audio. The default of the camera can be muted due to the lack of an internal microphone. An external microphone is provided by users.

You can use the Profile window to configure a different Audio detection setting. For example, a place can be noisy in the day time and become very quiet in the night.

1. Click on the Enable this profile checkbox. Once the Audio detection window is opened, the current sound input will be interactively indicated by a fluctuating yellow wave diagram.
2. Use a mouse click to drag the Alarm level tab to a preferred location on the slide bar.
3. Select the Day, Night, or Schedule mode check circles. You may also manually configure a period of time during which this profile will take effect.
4. Click Save and then click Close to complete your configuration.

>Audio detection profile settings

General settings ✓ Enable this profile This profile is applied to: ○ Day mode ○ Night mode ● Schedule mode From 18:00 to 06:00 [hh:mm]

IMPORTANT:

• If the Alarm level and the received volume are set within a range of 20% on the wave diagram, frequent alarms will be triggered. It is recommended to set the Alarm level farther apart from the detected sound level.
• To configure and enable this feature, you must not configure video stream #1 into Motion JPEG. If an external microphone input is connected and recording of audio stream is preferred, audio stream is transmitted between camera and viewer/recording station along with stream #1.
  • Refer to page 70 for Audio settings, and page 65 for video streaming settings.

Applications > Package management - a.k.a., VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform)

Upload package Select file Browse... Upload Resource status CPU Status: CPU loading: 31 % Storage status: Storage size: 33028 KBytes Free size: 30816 KBytes Memory status: Package list Module name Vendor Version Status License Backup Reload Restore Start Stop

Users can store and execute VIVOTEK's or 3rd-party software modules onto the camera's flash memory or SD card. These software modules can apply in video analysis for intelligent video applications such as license plate recognition, object counting, or as an agent for edge recording, etc.

• Once the software package is successfully uploaded, the module configuration (vadp.xml) information is displayed. When uploading a module, the camera will examine whether the module fits the predefined VADP requirements. Please contact our technical support or the vendor of your 3rd-party module for the parameters contained within.
• Users can also run VIVOTEK's VADP packages as a means to access updated functionality instead of replacing the entire firmware.
• Note that for some cameras the flash is too small to hold VADP packages. These cameras will have its "Save to SD card" checkbox selected and grayed-out for all time.
• The file system of SD card (FAT32) does not support soft (symbolic) link. It will return failure if your module tries to create soft links on SD card.

To utilize a software module, acquire the software package and click Browse and Upload buttons. The screen message for a successful upload is shown below:

: Starting VADP upload procedure, please wait a moment... Uploading new module: Hello World / ABC Update configuration... . Reloading configuration httpd: . Upload VADP package successfully

To start a module, select the checkcircle in front, and click the Start button.

Package list Module name Vendor Version Status(License Hello World ABC 1.0.0 ON=yes Backup Reload Restore Start Stop

If you should need to remove a module, select the checkcircle in front and then click the Stop button. By then the module status will become OFF, and the X button will appear at the end of the row. Click on the X button to remove an existing module.

Package list Module name Vendor Version Status License Hello World ABC 1.0.0 ON no Backup Reload Restore Start Stop

When prompted by a confirm message, Click Yes to proceed.

Do you want to delete the VADP module? Yes No

Note that the actual memory consumed while operating the module will be indicated on the Memory status field. This helps determine whether a running module has consumed too much of system resources.

On the License page, use the Manual or Automatic to register and activate the license for using VIVOTEK's VADP modules. The Automatic method requires an Internet connection. Without Internet connection, you should acquire the license key elsewhere, and manually upload to the network camera.

Follow the onscreen instruction on VIVOTEK's website for the registration procedure.

Status License Manual License To receive a license key for VADP application, go to http://www.vivotek.com and join the VVTK member. This device's VADP number is: BbM79RE=0dGu1PIUEqJRFgc6sacoRs7g4PX( Select file Browse... No file selected. Upload Automatic License Please join the VVTK member first http://www.vivotek.com/register/ Applications --- Select Module --- Email Password Country --- Select Country --- Vertical --- Select Vertical --- Install

You can proceed with the following link to download a license key: http://www.vivotek.com/vadp_requestactivation.aspx?application=VCA

When the license key is downloaded to your computer, upload the key to the camera.

About Us Products Support Downloads Events Press Room Where to Buy Alliance Network Cameras Video Servers MVR Software Accessories Selection Chart Request VGA License Key To submit a single license key, enter the VNDP number of the name you have Or choose "Get Multiple License Keys" and upload a list document with a list of VDLP numbers you have Get Single License Key Get Multiple License Keys Application VCA Skill [e-mail] Website Location Country Uocnia VNOP number WN08PPrZMMO8acGd Submit Primary Privacy Plan Map Create Linux Objectives, Inactive Resources My Profile | Copyright © 2017 VNSOffs Inc. Apply

Recording > Recording settings

This section explains how to configure the recording settings for the Network Camera.

Recording Settings

Insert your SD card and click here to test Recording settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Source Destination Delete Add SD test Note: Before setup recording, you may setup network storage via NAS server page

NOTE:

▶ Please remember to format your SD card via the camera's web console (in the Local storage . SD card management page) when using it for the first time. Please refer to page 135 for detailed information.

Recording Settings

Click Add to open the recording setting window. On this page, you can define the adaptive recording, recording source, recording schedule, and recording capacity. A total of 2 recording settings can be configured.

Recording name: video Enable this recording With adaptive recording Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0~9] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0~10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger 2. Destination Trigger Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Network fail Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Close Save

■ Recording name: Enter a name for the recording setting.
■ Enable this recording: Select this option to enable video recording.
■ With adaptive recording:

Select this option will activate the frame rate control according to alarm trigger.

The frame control means that when there is a triggered alarm, the frame rate will raise up to the value you've configured on the Video quality page. Please refer to page 66 for more information.

If you enable adaptive recording on a camera, only when an event is triggered on Camera A will the server record the full frame rate streaming data; otherwise, it will only request the I frame data during normal monitoring, thus effectively saves bandwidths and storage space.

NOTE:

▶ To enable adaptive recording, please make sure you've set up the trigger source such as Motion Detection, DI Device, or Manual Trigger.
▶ When there is no alarm trigger: - JPEG mode: record 1 frame per second. - H.264 mode: record the I frame only.
▶ When the I frame period is >1s on Video settings page, firmware will force decrease the I frame period to 1s when adaptive recording is enabled.

The alarm trigger includes: motion detection and DI detection. Please refer to Event Settings on page 106.

■ Pre-event recording and post-event recording
The Network Camera has a buffer that temporarily holds data for a period of time. Therefore, when an event occurs, the camera can restrieve image frames taken several seconds ago. Enter a number to define the duration of recording before and after a trigger is activated.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this recording (High, Normal, or Low). Recording with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
■ Source: Select a video stream as the recording source.

NOTE:

▶ To enable recording notification please configure Event settings first. Please refer to page 106.

Please follow the steps below to set up the recording.

1. Trigger

Select a trigger source.

Trigger Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Network fail

■ Schedule: The server will start to record files on the local storage or network storage (NAS).
■ Network fail: Since network fail, the server will start to record files on the local storage (SD card).

2. Destination

You can select the SD card or network storage (NAS) for the recorded video files. If you have not configured a NAS server, see details in the following.

Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger 2. Destination Destination Destination: NAS Capacity: Entire free space Reserved space: 100 Mbytes Enable cyclic recording Recording file management Maximum duration: 1 minutes [1~30] Maximum file size: 100 MB [100~2000] File name prefix: Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Save Close

NAS server

Click Add NAS server to open the server setting window and follow the steps below to set up:

1. Fill in the information for your server.

For example:

graph TD
    A["1. Trigger"] --> B["2. Destination"]
    B --> C["Add NAS server"]
    C --> D["Server name: NAS"]
    D --> E["Server type"]
    E --> F["Network storage"]
    F --> G["Network storage location: \192.168.5.12\NAS"]
    G --> H["(For example: \my_nas\disk\folder)"]
    H --> I["Workgroup: vivotek"]
    I --> J["User name: ritiali"]
    J --> K["Password: ********..."]
    K --> L["Test"]
    K --> M["Close"]
    K --> N["Save server"]

1. Click Test to check the setting. The result will be shown in the pop-up window.

http://192.168.5.151/cgi-bin/admin/testserver... Mount successfully. Thanks Done Internet

http://192.168.5.151/cgi-bin/admin/testserver... Mount failed. Done Internet

If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the network storage server.

10.22.22.225 [10.22.22.225] Organize Search active directory Network and Sharing Center View remote printers Favorites Desktop Downloads Recent Places Libraries Documents Music Pictures Videos Computer Network desk1 Share Shortcut to test Shortcut OK test - Notepad File Edit Format View Help [NOTIFICATION]The Result of Server Test of Your IP Camera$

1. Enter a server name.
2. Click Save to complete the settings and click Close to exit the page.

Recording name: Enable this recording With adaptive recording (Help) Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0-8] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0-10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 Destination Destination: NAS Capacity: Entire free space Reserved space: 100 Mbytes Enable cyclic recording Recording file management Maximum duration: 1 minutes [1-30] Maximum file size: 100 MB [100-900] File name prefix: 1. Trigger 2. Destination Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Save Close

■ Capacity: You can choose either the entire free space available or limit the reserved space. The recording size limit must be larger than the reserved amount for cyclic recording.
■ Enable cyclic recording: If you check this item, when the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one. The reserved amount is reserved for the transaction stage when the storage space is about to be full and new data arrives. The minimum for the Reserved space must be larger than 15 MegaBytes.
■ Recording file management: You can manually assign the Maximum duration and the Maximum file size for each recording footage. You may need to stitch individual files together under some circumstances. You may also designate a file name prefix by filling in the responsive text field.
■ File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

f you want to enable recording notification, please click Event to configure event triggering settings. Please refer to Event > Event settings on page 106 for more details.

When completed, select Enable this recording. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit this page. When the system begins recording, it will send the recorded files to the network storage. The new recording name will appear in the drop-down list on the recording page as shown below.

To remove a recording setting from the list, select a recording name from the drop-down list and click Delete.

Recording settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Source Destination Delete recording ON V V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 sream1 NAS Delete Add SD test

■ Click recording (Name): Opens the Recording Settings page to modify.
■ Click ON (Status): The Status will become OFF and stop recording.
- Click NAS (Destination): Opens the file list of recordings as shown below. For more information about folder naming rules, please refer to page 113 for details.

20150210 20150211 20150212 Delete Delete all

Local storage > SD card management

NOTE:

• It is recommended to turn OFF the recording activity before you remove an SD card from the camera.
• The lifespan of an SD card is limited. Regular replacement of the SD card is necessary.
• Camera filesystem takes up several megabytes of memory space. The storage space taken by filesystem cannot be used for recording.
• Using an SD card that already contains data recorded by another device should not be used in this camera.
• Please do not modify or change the folder names in the SD card. That may result in camera malfunctions.

This section explains how to manage the local storage on the Network Camera. Here you can view SD card status, and implement SD card control.

SD card staus

This column shows the status and reserved space of your SD card. Please remember to format the SD card when using for the first time.

SD card status SD card status: Detached — no SD card Total size: 0 KBytesFree size:0 KBytes Used size:0 KBytesUse (%): 0 % Format

SD card status
SD card status: Ready
File system: FAT32
Total size:	15323496 KBytes	Free size:	15087976 KBytes
Used size:	235520 KBytes	Use (%):	1.537 %

SD card format

The Linux kernel EXT4 file system format applies to SD card larger than 32GB. However, if EXT4 is applied, the computers running Windows will not be able to access the contents on the SD card.

SD card format Ext4 Ext4 FAT32 Format

SD card control

SD card control

Enable cyclic storage

Enable automatic disk cleanup

Maximum duration for keeping files: 7 days

Save

■ Enable cyclic storage: Check this item if you want to enable cyclic recording. When the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one.
■ Enable automatic disk cleanup: Check this item and enter the number of days you wish to retain a file. For example, if you enter "7 days", the recorded files will be stored on the SD card for 7 days.

Click Save to enable your settings.

Local storage > Content management

This section explains how to manage the content of recorded videos on the Network Camera. Here you can search and view the records and view the searched results.

Searching and Viewing the Records

This column allows the user to set up search criteria for recorded data. If you do not select any criteria and click Search button, all recorded data will be listed in the Search Results column.

Search Trigger type Backup System boot Digital input Motion Network fail PIR Recording notify Periodically Tampering detection VADP Manual triggers Audio detection Media type Video clip Snapshot Text Time Search for last 1 minute(s) hours days weeks From: 2015/05/18 02 36 PM to: 2015/05/25 02 36 PM Search

■ File attributes: Select one or more items as your search criteria.
■ Trigger time: Manually enter the time range you want to search for contents created at a specific point in time.

Click Search and the recorded data corresponding to the search criteria will be listed in Search Results window.

Search Results

The following is an example of search results. There are four columns: Trigger time, Media type, Trigger type, and Locked. Click ♦ to sort the search results in either direction.

Numbers of entries displayed on one page Search results Name Trigger type Starting time Ending time to SD Periodically Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:58 PM to SD Periodically Today at 3:58 PM test Motion Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:45 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM 10 Download Lock/Unlock JPEGs to AVI Remove Click to open a live view

■ Play: Click on a search result which will highlight the selected item. A Play window will appear on top for immediate review of the selected file.

For example:

City river with multi-lane highways and modern buildings in the background under a clear blue sky (no visible text or symbols)

■ Download: Click on a search result to highlight the selected item in purple as shown above. Then click the Download button and a file download window will pop up for you to save the file.
■ JPEGs to AVI: This functions only applies to "JPEG" format files such as snapshots. You can select several snapshots from the list, then click this button. Those snapshots will be converted into an AVI file.

■ Lock/Unlock: Select the checkbox in front of a desired search result, then click this button. The selected items will become Locked, and they will not be deleted during cyclic recording. You can click again to unlock the selections.

For example:

Search results Name Trigger type Starting time Ending time to SD Periodically Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:58 PM to SD Periodically Today at 3:58 PM test Motion Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:45 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM 10 ✓ 1 /3 ▶ ▶ Download Lock/Unlock JPEGs to AVI Remove

Click to switch pages

■ Remove: Select the desired search results, then click this button to delete the files.

Appendix

URL Commands for the Network Camera

1. Overview

For some customers who already have their own web site or web control application, the Network Camera/Video Server can be easily integrated through URL syntax. This section specifies the external HTTP-based application programming interface. The HTTP-based camera interface provides the functionality to request a single image, control camera functions (PTZ, output relay etc.), and get and set internal parameter values. The image and CGI-requests are handled by the built-in Web server.

2. Style Convention

In URL syntax and in descriptions of CGI parameters, text within angle brackets denotes content that is to be replaced with either a value or a string. When replacing the text string, the angle brackets should also be replaced. An example of this is the description of the name for the server, denoted with in the URL syntax description below, that is replaced with the string myserver in the URL syntax example further down in the page.

URL syntax is denoted with the word "Syntax:" written in bold face followed by a box with the referenced syntax as shown below. For example, name of the server is written as and is intended to be replaced with the name of the actual server. This can either be a name, e.g., "mywebcam" or "thecam.adomain.net" or the associated IP number for the server, e.g., 192.168.0.220.

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg 

Description of returned data is written with "Return:" in bold face followed by the returned data in a box. All data is returned in HTTP format, i.e., each line is separated with a Carriage Return and Line Feed (CRLF) printed as \r\n.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 <HTTP code> <HTTP text>\r\n 

URL syntax examples are written with "Example:" in bold face followed by a short description and a light grey box with the example.

Example: request a single snapshot image

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg 

3. General CGI URL Syntax and Parameters

CGI parameters are written in lower-case and as one word without any underscores or other separators. When the CGI request includes internal camera parameters, these parameters must be written exactly as they are named in the camera or video server. The CGIs are organized in functionally-related directories under the cgi-bin directory. The file extension .cgi is required.

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/<subdir>[/<subdir>...]/<cgi>.<ext>
[?<parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...]] 

Example: Set digital output #1 to active

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?dol=1 

4. Security Level

SECURITY LEVEL	SUB-DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION
0 anonymous	Unprotected.
1 [view] anonymous	us, viewer, dido, camctrl	Can view, listen, talk to camera.Can control DI/DO, PTZ of the camera.
4 [operator] anonymous	mous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator	Operator access rights can modify most of the camera's parameters except some privileges and network options.
6 [admin] anonymous	us, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator, admin	Administrator access rights can fully control the camera's operations.
7 N/A Internal parameters. Unable to be changed by any external interfaces.

5. Get Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...] 

Where the should be [_] or [.]. If you do not specify any parameters, all the parameters on the server will be returned. If you specify only , the parameters of therelated group will be returned.

When querying parameter values, the current parameter values are returned.

A successful control request returns parameter pairs as follows:

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair> 

where is

= \r\n

[]

is the actual length of content.

Example: Request IP address and its response

Request:

http://192.168.0.123/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?network_ipaddress

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/html\r\n

Context-Length: 33\r\n

\r\n

network.ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n

6. Set Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>
[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>] 

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
	value to assigned	Assignto the parameter.
update	Set to 1 to update all fields (no need to update parameter in each group).
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.(Note: The return page can be a general HTML file(.htm, .html) or a VIVOTEK server script executable (.vspx) file. It cannot be a CGI commandor have any extra parameters.This parameter must beplaced at the end of the parameter list

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair> 

where is

<parameter> = <value> \r\n 

[]

Only the parameters that you set and are readable will be returned.

Example: Set the IP address of server to 192.168.0.123:

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: 33\r\n
\r\n
network.ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n 

7. Available parameters on the server

Valid values:

VALID VALUES DESCRIPTION
string[] Text strings sh	orter than `n' characters. The characters '',<,>,& are invalid.
string[n~m] Text strings lon	nger than `n' characters and shorter than `m' characters. The characters '',<,>,& are invalid.
password[] The same as string but displays'*' instead.
Any single integer number in 32-bits.The range is -2147483648~2147483647.
Any single positive integer number in 32-bits.The range is 1~ 4294967295.
~ Any number be	between `m' and `n'.
domain name[] A string limited to a domain name shorter than `n' characters (eg. www.ibm.com).
email address []	A string limited to an email address shorter than `n' characters (eg. [e-mail]).
A string limited to an IP address (eg. 192.168.1.1).
A string limited to contain a MAC address without hyphens or colons.
	A boolean value of 1 or 0 represents [Yes or No], [True or False], [Enable or Disable].
	Enumeration. Only given values are valid.
blank	A blank string.
everything inside <>	A description
integer primary key	SQLite data type. A 32-bit signed integer. The value is assigned a unique integer by the server.
	SQLite data type. The value is a text string, stored using the database encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE).
	x, y coordinate (eg. 0,0)
	window width and height (eg. 800x600)
	The format for coordinate in 2D.W is the pixel number of width.H is the pixel number of height.EX: (176,144)
	The format for resolution.
	W is the pixel number of width.H is the pixel number of height.Ex: 1920x1080, 2048x1536

NOTE: The camera should not be restarted when parameters are changed.

7.1system

Group: system

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
hostname string[64] 1/6 Host name of server			(Network Camera, Wireless Network Camera, Video Server, Wireless Video Server).
ledoff6/6 Turn on (0) or turn off (1) all led indicators.
date, keep, auto	6/6 Current date of system. Set to 'keep' to keep date unchanged. Set to 'auto' to use NTP to synchronize date.
time, keep, auto	6/6 Current time of the system. Set to 'keep' to keep time unchanged. Set to 'auto' to use NTP to synchronize time.
datetime	6/6 Another current time format of the system.
ntp,	6/6 NTP server.*Do not use "skip to invoke default server" for default value.
timezoneindex -489 ~ 529	6/6 Indicate timezone and area.-480: GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein-440: GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa-400: GMT-10:00 Hawaii-360: GMT-09:00 Alaska-320: GMT-08:00 Las Vegas, San_Francisco, Vancouver-280: GMT-07:00 Mountain Time, Denver-281: GMT-07:00 Arizona-240: GMT-06:00 Central America, Central Time, Mexico City, Saskatchewan-200: GMT-05:00 Eastern Time, New York, Toronto-201: GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Indiana-180: GMT-04:30 Caracas-160: GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time, Canada, La Paz, Santiago
			-140: GMT-03:30 Newfoundland-120: GMT-03:00 Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Georgetown, Greenland-80: GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic-40: GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape_Verde_IS.0: GMT Casablanca, Greenwich Mean Time: Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London40: GMT 01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna, Madrid, Paris41: GMT 01:00 Warsaw, Budapest, Bern80: GMT 02:00 Athens, Helsinki, Istanbul, Riga81: GMT 02:00 Cairo82: GMT 02:00 Lebanon, Minsk83: GMT 02:00 Israel120: GMT 03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Nairobi121: GMT 03:00 Iraq140: GMT 03:30 Tehran160: GMT 04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat, Baku, Tbilisi, Yerevan180: GMT 04:30 Kabul200: GMT 05:00 Ekaterinburg, Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent220: GMT 05:30 Calcutta, Chennai, Mumbai, New Delhi230: GMT 05:45 Kathmandu240: GMT 06:00 Almaty, Novosibirsk, Astana, Dhaka, Sri Jayawardenepura260: GMT 06:30 Rangoon280: GMT 07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta, Krasnoyarsk320: GMT 08:00 Beijing, Chongging, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei360: GMT 09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo, Seoul, Yakutsk380: GMT 09:30 Adelaide, Darwin400: GMT 10:00 Brisbane, Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Vladivostok440: GMT 11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is., New
			Caledonia480: GMT 12:00 Auckland, Wellington, Fiji,Kamchatka, Marshall Is.520: GMT 13:00 Nuku'Alofa
daylight_enable	6/6 Enable automat	c daylight saving time in time zone.
daylight_dstactualmode	6/7	Check if current time is under daylight saving time.(Used internally)
daylight_auto_begintime string[19] 6/7 Display the current daylight saving start time.
daylight_auto_endtime	string[19]	6/7	Display the current daylight saving end time
daylight_timezones string	6/6 List time zone index which support daylight saving time.
updateinterval	0,3600,86400,604800,2592000	6/6 0 to D	sable automatic time adjustment,otherwise, it indicates the seconds betweenNTP automatic update intervals.
restore	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values afterseconds.
reset	0,	7/6 Restart the server afterseconds ifis non-negative.
restoreexceptnet	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except (ipaddress, subnet, router,dns1, dns2, pppoe).This command can cooperate with other "restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptdst	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except all daylight saving time settings.This command can cooperate with other "restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to default values except for a union of combined results.
restoreexceptlang	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except the custom language file the
			user has uploaded.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptvadp	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except the vadp parameters and VADP modules that stored in the system.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptfocusvalue	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except zoom and focus value.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.* Only available when"capability_image_c< n>_ remotefocus" is 1 or"capability_image_c< n>_ backfocus" is 1.

7.1.1 system.info

Subgroup of system: info (The fields in this group are unchangeable.)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
modelname string[40] 0/7	Internal model name	of the server
extendedmodelname string[40] 0/7 ODM specific model name of server (eg.DCS-5610). If it is not an ODM model, this field will be equal to “modelname”
serialnumber <mac address>	0/7 12 characters MAC address (without hyphens).
firmwareversion string[40]	0/7 Firmware version, including model, company,and version number in the
			format:
language_count	0/7 Number of webpage language available on the server.
language_i<0~(count-1)>	string[16]language_i0 :Englishlanguage_i1 :Deutschlanguage_i2 :Españollanguage_i3 :Françaislanguage_i4 :Italianolanguage_i5 :日本語language_i6 :Portuguêslanguage_i7 :简体中文language_i8 :繁體中文	0/7 Available language lists.
customlanguage_maxcount	0,<positive integer>	0/6 Maximum number of custom languages supported on the server.
customlanguage_count	0,<positive integer>	0/6 Number of custom languages which have been uploaded to the server.
customlanguage_i<0~(maxcount-1)>	string 0/6 Custom language name.

7.2status

Group: status

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
di_i<0~(capability_ndi-1)>	1/7 0 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndi > 0)
do_i<0~(capability_ndo-1)>	1/7 0 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndo > 0)
onlinenum_rtsp	0,<positive integer>	6/7 Current number of RTSP connections.
onlinenum_httppush	0,<positive integer>	6/7 Current number of HTTP push server connections.
onlinenum_sip	0,<positive integer>	6/7 Current number of SIP connections.
eth_i0 <string> 1/7 Get network information from mii-tool.
vi_i<0~(capability_nvi-1)>	1/7 Virtual input		0 => Inactive1 => Active(capability.nvi > 0)

7.3digital input behavior define

Group: di_i<0\~(n-1)> for n is the value of "capability_ndi" (capability.ndi > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
normalstate	high,low	1/1 Indicates open circuit or closed circuit(inactive status)

7.4digital output behavior define

Group: do_i<0\~(n-1)> for n is the value of "capability_ndo" (capability.ndo > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
normalstate	open, grounded	1/1 Indicate	open circuit or closed circuit (inactive status)

7.5security

Group: security

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
privilege_do view, operator, admin		1/6 Indicate which privileges and above can control digital output (capability.ndo > 0)
privilege_camctrl view, operator, admin		1/6 Indicate which privileges and above can control PTZ (capability.ptzenabled > 0 or capability.eptz > 0)
user_i0_name string[64]	6/7 User name of root
user_i<1~20>_name string[64]	6/7 User name
user_i0_pass password[64]	6/6 Root password
user_i<1~20>_pass password[64]	7/6 User password
user_i0_privilege	view, operator, admin	6/7 Root privilege
user_i<1~20>_privilege	view, operator, admin	6/6 User privilege

7.6network

Group: network

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
preprocess		6/6	An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => HTTP service;Bit 1=> HTTPS service;Bit 2=> FTP service;Bit 3 => Two way audio and RTSP Streaming service;To stop service before changing its port settings. It'srecommendedto set this parameter when change a service port to the port occupied by another service currently.Otherwise, the service may fail. Stopped service will auto-start after changing port settings. Ex: Change HTTP port from 80 to 5556, and change RTP port for video from 5556 to 20480. Then, set preprocess=9 to stop both service first. "/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? network_preprocess=9&network_http_port= 5556& network_rtp_videoport=20480"
type	lan, pppoe	6/6 Network connection type.
resetip6/6 1 => Get ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2 from DHCP server at next reboot. 0 => Use preset ipaddress, subnet, rounter, dns1, and dns2.
ipaddress6/6 IP address of server.
subnet6/6 Subnet mask.
router6/6 Default gateway.
dns16/6 Primary DNS server.
dns26/6 Secondary DNS server.
wins16/6 Primary WINS server.
wins26/6 Secondary WINS server.

7.6.1 802.1x

Subgroup of network: ieee8021x (capability.protocol.ieee8021x > 0)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6 Enable/disable IEEE 802.1x
eapmethod	eap-peap, eap-tls	6/6 Selected EAP method
identity_peap	string[64]	6/6 PEAP identity
identity_tls	string[64]	6/6 TLS identity
password	string[200]	6/6 Password for TLS
privatekeypassword	string[200]	6/6 Password for PEAP
ca_exist		6/6 CA installed flag
ca_time	0,<positiveinteger>	6/7	CA installed time. Represented in EPOCH
ca_size	0,6/7 CA file size (in bytes)	6/7 CA file	size (in bytes)
certificate_exist	6/6 Certificate installed flag (for TLS)
certificate_time	0,6/7 Certificate installed time. Represented in integer>	6/7 Certificate	EPOCH
certificate_size	0,6/7 Certificate	6/7 Certificate	file size (in bytes)
privatekey_exist		6/6 Private key installed flag (for TLS)
privatekey_time	0,6/7 Private key installed time. Represented in integer>	6/7 Private key installed time. Represented in EPOCH
privatekey_size	0,6/7 Private key file size (in bytes)	6/7 Private key file size (in bytes)

7.6.2 QOS

Subgroup of network: qos_cos (capability.protocol.qos.cos > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable/disable CoS (IEEE 802.1p)
vlanid 1~4095 6/6 VLAN ID
video 0~7 6/6 Video channel for CoS
audio0~7 6/6 Audio channel for CoS(capability.naudioin >0)	0~7 6/6 Audio channel for CoS		(capability.naudioin >0)
eventalarm 0~7 6/6 Event/alarm channel for CoS
management	0~7 6/6 Management channel for CoS
eventtunnel	0~7 6/6 Event/Control channel for CoS

Subgroup of network: qos_dscp (capability.protocol.qos.dscp > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable/disable DSCP
video 0~63	6/6 Video channel for DSCP
audio	0~63	6/6 Audio	channel for DSCP(capability.naudioin > 0)
eventalarm 0~63	6/6 Event/alarm channel for DSCP
management	0~63	6/6 Management	channel for DSCP
eventtunnel	0~63	6/6 Event	Control channel for DSCP

7.6.3 IPV6

Subgroup of network: ipv6 (capability.protocol.ipv6 > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable IPv6.
addonipaddress6/6 IPv6 IP address.
addonprefixlen 0~128 6/6 IPv6 prefix length.
addonrouter6/6 IPv6 router address.
addondns6/6 IPv6 DNS address.
allowoptional6/6 Allow manually setup of IP address setting.

7.6.4 FTP

Subgroup of network: ftp

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port	21, 1025~65535	6/6 Local ftp server port.

7.6.5 HTTP

Subgroup of network: http

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port	80, 1025 ~ 65535	1/6 HTTP port.
alternateport 1025~65535	6/6 Alternate	HTTP port.
authmode	basic,digest	1/6 HTTP authentication mode.
s<0~(capability_nmediastream-1)>_accessnameproduct dependent>	string[32]	1/6 Http server push access name for stream N,N= 1~ capability.nmediastream.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg =1 andcapability.nmediastream > 0)The value are shown asvideo.mjpg = s0_accessname, (stream1)video2.mjpg = s1_accessname, (stream2)video3.mjpg = s2_accessname, (stream3)video4.mjpg = s3_accessname, (stream4)etc.
anonymousviewing		1/6	Enable anonymous streaming viewing.

7.6.6 HTTPS port

Subgroup of network: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port 443, 1025 ~ 65535 1/6 HTTPS port.

7.6.7 RTSP

Subgroup of network: rtsp (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port 554, 1025 ~ 65535 1/6 RTSP port.			(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)
anonymousviewing		1/6	Enable anonymous streaming viewing.
authmode	disable,basic,digest	1/6 RTSP authentication mode.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)
s<0~(capability_nmediastream-1>_accessnameproduct dependent>	string[32]	1/6 RTSP access name for stream N, N= 1~capability.nmediastream.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg =1 and capability.nmediastream >0)The value are shown aslive.sdp = s0_accessname, (stream1)live2.sdp = s1_accessname, (stream2)live3.sdp = s2_accessname, (stream3)live4.sdp = s3_accessname, (stream4)etc.

7.6.7.1 RTSP multicast

Subgroup of network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>: multicast n is stream count

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
alwaysmulticast		4/4 Enable	always multicast.
ipaddress		4/4 Multicast	IP address.
videoport	1025 ~ 65535	4/4 Multicast	video port.
audioport	1025 ~ 65535	4/4 Multicast	audio port.(capability.naudioin > 0)

metadaport 1026~65534	4/4 Multicast metadata port.
ttl 1 ~ 255 4/4 Multicasttime to live value.

7.6.8 SIP port

Subgroup of network: sip (capability.protocol.sip> 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port 1025 ~ 65535 1/6 SIP port.

7.6.9 RTP port

Subgroup of network: rtp

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
videoport 1025 ~ 65535 6/6 Video channel port for RTP.			(capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)
audiport	1025 ~ 65535 6/6 Audio channel port for RTP.
			(capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)
metadataport 1025 ~ 65535 6/6 Metadata channel port for RTP.

7.6.10 PPPoE

Subgroup of network: pppoe (capability.protocol.pppoe > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
user	string[128]	6/6 PPPoE	account user name.
pass	password[64]	6/6 PPPoE	account password.

7.7IP Filter

Group: ipfilter

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6 Enable	access list filtering.
admin_enable		6/6	Enable administrator IP address.
admin_ip	string[43]	6/6 Administrator IP address.
maxconnection	1~10	6/6 Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s).
type 0, 1 6/6 Ipfilter policy :			0 => allow1 => deny
ipv4list_i<0~9>	Single address:Network address:Rangeaddress:	6/6 IPv4 address list.	address list.
ipv6list_i<0~9> string[43]	6/6 IPv6 address list.

7.8Video input

Group: videoin

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cmosfreq 50, 60 4/4 CMOS frequency.			(capability.videoin.type=2)
whitebalance<product dependent>	auto,manual,rbgain,widerange,outdoor,indoor,sodiumauto,etc(Available values are listed in"capability_image_c<_wbmode")	4/4 Modes	of white balance."auto": Auto white balance"rbgain": Use rgain and bgain to set white balance manually."manual": 2 cases:a. if "rbgain" is not supported, this means keep current white balance status.b. if "rbgain" is supported, "rgain" and "bgain" are updated to the current values which is got from white balance module. Then, act as rbgain mode"widerange": Auto Tracing White balance (2000K to 10000K)."outdoor": auto white balance mode specifically for outdoor."indoor": auto white balance mode specifically for indoor."sodiumauto": sodium vapor lamps.* Only available when"capability_image_cwbmode" != "-"
exposurelevel 0~12 4/4 Exposure level			"0,12": This range takes the concept from DC's exposure tuning options. The definition is:0: EV -2.01: EV -1.72: EV -1.33: EV -1.04: EV -0.75: EV -0.36: EV 07: EV +0.38: EV +0.79: EV +1.010: EV +1.311: EV +1.712: EV +2.0
irismode fixed, indoor,	outdoorindependent>	4/4 Control	DC-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting DC-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."fixed": Open the iris to maximum.* Only available when"capability_image_ciristype" = dciris
enableblc<Not support anymore>	4/4 Enable backlight compensation.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It's recommended to use"exposurewin_cmode" to switch on/off BLC.
color 0, 1 4/4 0 => monochrome			1 => color
flip4/4 Flip the image.
mirror4/4 Mirror the image.
rotate0,90,180,270 1/4 The rotation angle of image.Support only in Rotation mode
			(capability.videoin.c< n>.rotation=1)
ptzstatus	0,	1/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 =>Built-in or external camera; 0 (external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation; 0(not support), 1(support)(SD/PZ/IZ series only)
text string[64] 1/4 Enclose caption.
imprinttimestamp	4/4 Overlay time stamp on video.
minexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c__exposure_min range"	4/4 Minimum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* Only available when "capability_image_c__exposure_minrange" != "-"* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Only available when "capability_image_c__exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
maxexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.	4/4 Maximum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.
	* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c__exposure_maxrange"		* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when "capability_image_c__exposure_maxrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed * Only available when "capability_image_c__exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
enablepreview	1/4 Usage for UI of exposure settings. Preview settings of video profile.

7.8.1 Video input setting per channel

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products, and m is stream number

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cmosfreq 50, 60	4/4 CMOS frequency.		(capability.videoin.type=2)
mode 0 ~	"capability_videoin_c<n>_nmode"-1	4/4 Indicate the video mode on use.
whitebalance<product dependent>	auto,manual,rbgain,widerange,outdoor,indoor,sodiumauto,etc(Available values are listed in "capability_image_cwbmode")	4/4 Modes of white balance."auto": Auto white balance"rbgain": Use rgain and bgain to set white balance manually."manual": 2 cases:a. if "rbgain" is not supported, this means keep current white balance status.b. if "rbgain" is supported, "rgain" and "bgain" are updated to the current values which is got from white balance
			module. Then, act as rbgain mode "widerange": Auto Tracing White balance (2000K to 10000K). "outdoor": auto white balance mode specifically for outdoor. "indoor": auto white balance mode specifically for indoor. "sodiumauto": sodium vapor lamps. * Only available when "capability_image_cwbmode" != "-"
rgain 0~100 4/4	Manual set rgain value of gain control		setting. 0: Weak <-> 100: Strong * Only available when "rbgain" is listed in "capability_image_cwbmode". * Only valid when "videoin_cwhitebalance" != auto * Normalized range.
bgain 0~100 4/4	Manual set bgain value of gain control		setting. 0: Weak <-> 100: Strong * Only available when "rbgain" is listed in "capability_image_cwbmode". * Only valid when "videoin_cwhitebalance" != auto * Normalized range.
exposurelevel 0~12 4/4 Exposure level			"0,12": This range takes the concept from DC's exposure tuning options. The definition is: 0: EV -2.0 1: EV -1.7 2: EV -1.3 3: EV -1.0 4: EV -0.7 5: EV -0.3
			6: EV 07: EV +0.38: EV +0.79: EV +1.010: EV +1.311: EV +1.712: EV +2.0
exposuremode	auto,shutterpriority,irispriority,manual,etc(Available options are list in"capability_image_cExposure_modetype")	4/4 Select	exposure mode."auto": Iris, Gain and Shutter Speed(Exposure time) can be set automatically."shutterpriority": Adjust with variable Shutter Speed, auto Iris and Gain."irispriority": Adjust with variable Iris, auto Gain and Shutter speed."manual": Adjust with variable Shutter, Iris and Gain.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
irismode fixed, indoor, outdoor	4/4 Control	DC-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting DC-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."fixed": Open the iris to maximum.* Only available when "capability_image_cIristype" = dc iris
piris_mode	manual, indoor, outdoor,- 1/4 Control	P-Iris mode.	"outdoor": Auto-setting P-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."manual": Manual set P-Iris by "piris_position"."-": not support. (only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sens ortype" is "smartsensor")* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_iristype" = piris
piris_position	1~100 1/4 Manual set P-Iris.		1: Open <-> 100: Close* Only vaild when "piris_mode" = manual or "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sens ortype" is "smartsensor"* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_iristype" = piris
enableblc	4/4 Enable backlight compensation		* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It's recommended to use "exposurewin_c<n>_mode" to switch on/off BLC.
maxgain 0~100	4/4 Maximum gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_agc_maxgain" != "-"* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
mingain 0~100	4/4 Minimum gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when"capability_image_c< n>_agc_mingain" != "-"* Only valid when"piris_mode" = manual or"irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when"capability_image_c< n>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
gainvalue 0~100	4/4 Gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when"capability_image_c< n>_agc_maxgain" != "-" and"capability_image_c< n>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue"* Normalized range.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
color 0, 1 4/4 0 =>monochrome			1 => color
flip <boolean> 4/4 Flip the image.
mirror <boolean> 4/4 Mirror the image.
rotate 0,90,180,270 1/4 The rotation angle of image.			Support only in Rotation mode(capability.videoin.c< n>.rotation=1)
ptzstatus 0,<positive integer>	1/7		A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 =>Built-in or external camera;0 (external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Supporttiltoperation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Supportzoomoperation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Supportfocusoperation;0(not support), 1(support)(SD/PZ/IZ series only)
text string[64]	1/4 Enclose caption.
imprinttimestamp
textonvideo_position	top, bottom 4/4 Text on video string position
textonvideo_size	20~40 4/4 Text on video font size
textonvideolontpath	/usr/share/font/Default.ttf,/mnt/flash2/upload.ttf	4/4 Choose camera default font file(/usr/share/font/Default.ttf) or user uploaded fontfile(/mnt/flash2/upload.ttf).
textonvideo_uploadfilename	Depends on the font file name uploaded by user	1/7 Show the uploaded font file name.
minexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_minrange"	4/4 Minimum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_minrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
maxexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,	4/4 Maximum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s
	etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c__exposure_maxrange"		5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrictimage frame rate from sensor due tosensor generates a frame perexposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s onthe night, then sensor only outputs 5frame/s.* Only available when"capability_image_c__exposure_maxrange" != "-" * Only valid when"piris_mode" = manual or"irismode" = fixed* Only available when"capability_image_c__exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
shuttervalueproductdependent>	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c__exposure_maxrange"	4/4 Exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrictimage frame rate from sensor due tosensor generates a frame perexposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s onthe night, then sensor only outputs 5frame/s.* Only available when"capability_image_c__exposure_maxrange" ! = "-" and"capability_image_c__exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".
			* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
enablepreview <boolean> 1/4 Usage for UI of exposure settings.			Preview settings of video profile.
crop_position <coordinate>(x,y)		1/7 Crop left-top corner coordinate.
crop_size <window size>(WxH)		1/7 Crop width and height.(width must be 16x or 32x and height must be 8x)
zoomratiodisplay y <boolean> 1/4 Indicates multiple of zoom in is			"on-screen display" or not.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
s<0~(m-1)>_e nableeptz <boolean> 4/4 Indicate whether stream supprrs eptz or not
s<0~(m-1)>_codectype <boolean> 4/4 Indicate whether stream supprrs eptz or not
s<0~(m-1)>_re solution <boolean> 4/4 Indicate whether stream supprrs eptz or not
s<0~(m-1)>_h 264_dintraperio d_enable <boolean> 4/4 Indicate whether stream supprrs eptz or not
s<0~(m-1)>_h 264_intraperiod	4/4 Enable "Dynamic intra frame period".		* Only available when "capability_ videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_dintraperiod_support" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301c.
s<0~(m-1)>_h 264_intraperiod	250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 4/4 frame period".		I-frames (Intra coded picture).The unit is millisecond (ms).
s<0~(m-1)>_h 264_ratecontrol mode	cbr, vbr, smart 4/4 cbr: Constant bit rate mode.		vbr: Fixed quality mode, all frames are encoded in the same quality.smart: Smart stream mode. (Only
			valid when"capability_smartstream_support" = 1and "capability_smartstream_version"is not equal "2.0")
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant	1~5,99, 100	4/4 Set the	pre-definedquality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in"qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue"* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" =vbr.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qvalue	0~51 4/4 Manual video		quality levelinput. The Qvalue which isused byencodedlibrarydirectly.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" =vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant =99.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" =vbr and "quant" = 100.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxvbrbitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<h264_maxbitrate"	4/4	The maximum allowed bit rate in fixedquality mode.When the bit rate exceeds this value,frames will be dropped to restrict thebit rate.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode"=vbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_cbr_quant	1~5, 100 4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:		1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in"cbr_qpercent"* Onlyavailablewhen"ratecontrolmode"= cbr.* Onlyavailablewhen"capability_smartstream_version"=2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_cbr_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode"=cbr and "quant" = 100.* Only available when"capability_smartstream_version"=2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_bitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c__h264_maxbitrate"	4/4 The target bit rate in constant bit ratemode.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode"=
			cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_prioritypolicy	framerate,imagequality 4/4 Set priority policy		* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxframe	1~"capability_videoin_c__h264_maxframerate"	1/4 The maximum frame rates of a H264 stream at different resolutions("capability_videoin_c0_resolution ") are recorded in "capability_videoin_c__h264_maxframerate"
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_profile	0~2 1/4 Indicate H264 profiles		0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile
s<0~(m-1) _h264_profile	4/4 Enable "Dynamic intra frame period".		* Only available when "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_dintraperiod_support" is 1 and h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301c.
s<0~(m-1) _h264_profile	4/4 Enable "Dynamic intra frame period".
s<0~(m-1) _h264_profile	4/4 Enable "Dynamic intra frame period".
iod-enable
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_intraperiod	250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 4/4	The time interval between two I-frames (Intra coded picture). The unit is millisecond (ms).* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_ratecontrol mode	cbr, vbr, smart	4/4	cbr: Constant bit rate mode.vbr: Fixed quality mode, all frames are encoded in the same quality.smart: Smart stream mode. (Only valid when "capability_smartstream_support" = 1 and "capability_smartstream_version" is not equal "2.0")* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_quant	1~5,99, 100	4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue"* Only available when h265 is listed in
			"capability_videoin_codec" and "ratecontrolmode" = vbr.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_qvalue	0~51 4/4 Manual video		quality levelinput. The Q value which is used byencodedlibrarydirectly.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_h265_quant = 99.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and "quant" = 100.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_maxvbrbitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c__h265_maxbitrate"	4/4 The maximum allowed bit rate in fixed quality mode.When the bit rate exceeds this value, frames will be dropped to restrict the bit rate.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_cbr_quant	1~5, 100 4/4 Set the		pre-definedquality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "cbr_qpercent"* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec" and "ratecontrolmode" = cbr.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = 2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_cbr_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr and "quant" = 100.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = 2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_bitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c__h265_maxbitrate"	4/4 The target bit rate in constant bit rate mode.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_prioritypolicy	framerate,imagequality 4/4 Set priority policy		* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_maxframe	1~"capability_videoin_c<h265_maxframerate"	1/4 The maximum frame rates of a H265stream at differentresolutions("capability_videoin_c0_resolution ") are recorded in"capability_videoin_c<h265_maxframerate"* Only available when h265 is listed in"capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_profile	0~2 1/4 Indicate H265 profiles		0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile* Only available when h265 is listed in"capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_ratecontrolmode	cbr, vbr 4/4 cbr: Constant bit rate mode.		vbr: Fixed quality mode, all frames areencoded in the same quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant	1~5,99, 100	4/4 * Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" =vbr.Set the pre-defined quality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in"qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue"
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qvalue	10~200(Only valid when"capability_api_httpversion" format isXXXXX_1,ex: 0301a_1)or 1~99(Only valid when"capability_api_httpversion" format isXXXXX_2,ex: 0301a_2)	4/4 Manua video quality level input. The Qvalue which is used by encoded librarydirectly.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" =vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant =99
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a	normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 100.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxvbrbit rate	20000~"capability_videoin_c_mjpeg_maxbitrate"	4/4 The maximum allowed bit rate in fixed quality mode.When the bit rate exceeds this value, frames will be dropped to restrict the bit rate.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_cbr_quant	1~5, 100 4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:	1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "cbr_qpercent"* Only available when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = 2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_cbr_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a	normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr and "quant" = 100.* Only available when
			"capability_smartstream_version" = 2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_bitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<mjpeg_maxbitrate"	4/4 The target bit rate in constant bit rate mode.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_prioritypolicy	framerate,imagequality 4/4 Set priority policy		* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxframe	1~"capability_videoin_c<mjpeg_maxframerate"	1/4 The maximum frame rates of a mjpeg stream at different resolutions("capability_videoin_c0_resolution") are recorded in "capability_videoin_c<mjpeg_maxframerate"
wdrpro_mode	4/4 Enable WDR pro		* Only available when "capability_image_c<wdrpro_mode" > 0
wdrpro_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR Pro.		The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR Pro.* Only available when "capability_image_c<wdrpro_strength" is 1
wdrc_mode	4/4 Enable WDR enhanced.		* Only available when "capability_image_c<wdrc_mode" is 1
wdrc_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR enhanced.		The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR enhanced.* Only available when "capability_image_c<wdrc_mode" is 1
aespeed_mode	4/4 Turning AE converge speed on or off.		0: off
dependent> 1: on			* Only available when "capability_image_c__aespeed" is 1
aespeed_speedlevel	1~100 4/4 The speed level of AE converge speed.		1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher speed level meas shorter AE converged time during AE executing.* Only available when "capability_image_c__aespeed" is 1
aespeed_sensitivity	1~100 4/4 The sensitivity of AE converge speed.		1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher sensitivity level meas that it is easy to be trigger while scene changed.* Only available when "capability_image_c__aespeed" is 1
flickerless	4/4 Turn on(1) or turn off(0) the flickerless mode* Only available when "capability_image_c__flickerless" is 1		viewceiling mount: 360° surround view without blind spotsfloor mount: 360° surround view without blind spots
mounttype	ceiling, wall, floor 1/6 wall mount: 180° panoramic
			* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0
enablewatermark	0, 1 1/6 0: Not to add watermarks on	images	1: Add watermarks on images* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0
s<0~(m-2)>_fi sheyedewarpmode	'10, 1P, 2P, 1R, 4R' for ceiling/floor mount'10, 1P, 1R, 4R' for wall mount	1/4 Local dewarp mode. "10" is original mode (disable). Supported dewarp mode is different by mount type.(videoin_c<mounttype) Supported mode list could be extracted from (capability_videoin_c_localdewarp_typeceilingmount) and (capability_videoin_c_localdewarp_typewallmount)* Only available when "capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0~(capability_nvideoin)-1>" > 0

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h264_smartstream (capability_smartstream_support=1)

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h265_smartstream (capability_smartstream_support=1 and h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec")

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode autotracking,manual,hybrid 4/4 Set Smart stream mode
foreground_quant 0~5	4/4 Quality of foreground quality	0 =	worst quality, 5 = best quality.
background_quant 0~5	4/4 Quality of background quality	0 =	worst quality, 5 = best quality.
maxbitrate 20000~400	00000	4/4 Maximum bitrate

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h264_smartstream_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

(capability_smartstream_support=1 and capability_smartstream_mode_manual = 1)

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h265_smartstream_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

(capability_smartstream_support=1 and h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec" and

capability_smartstream_mode_manual = 1)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream", k denotes the value of "capability_smartstream_nwindow_manual".

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable or disable the window.
home 0~320,0~240 4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.
size 0~320x0~240 4/4 Width and height of the window

7.8.1.1 Alternative video input profiles per channel

In addition to the primary setting of video input, there can be alternative profile video input setting for each channel which might be for different scene of light (daytime or nighttime).

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> for n channel products and m profile

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile"

(capability.nvideoinprofile> 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable/disable this profile setting
policy	night,schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
begintime	hh:mm	4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
endtime	hh:mm	4/4 End time of schedule mode.
minexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_cExposure_min	4/4 Minimum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* Only available when"capability_image_cExposure_minrange" != "-"

	range" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
maxexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_maxrange"	4/4 Maximum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_maxrange" != "-"* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
shuttervalue	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_maxrange"	4/4 Exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensors generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.

			* Only available when"capability_image_cExposure_maxrange" != "-" and"capability_image_cExposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
enableblc	4/4 Enable backlight compensation.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It's recommended to use"exposurewin_cmode" to switch on/off BLC.
exposurelevel 0~12 4/4 Exposure level			"0,12": This range takes the concept from DC's exposure tuning options. The definition is:0: EV -2.01: EV -1.72: EV -1.33: EV -1.04: EV -0.75: EV -0.36: EV 07: EV +0.38: EV +0.79: EV +1.010: EV +1.311: EV +1.712: EV +2.0
exposuremodeauto,shuttermority,irispriority,manual,etc(Available options)	auto,shuttermority,irispriority,manual,etc(Available options)are list in "capability_image_c__exposure_modetype")	4/4 Select	exposure mode."auto": Iris, Gain and Shutter Speed(Exposure time) can be set automatically."shuttermority": Adjust with variable Shutter Speed, auto Iris and Gain."irispriority": Adjust with variable Iris, auto Gain and Shutter speed."manual": Adjust with variable Shutter, Iris and Gain.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
whitebalance<product dependent>	auto, manual, rbgain, widerange, outdoor, indoor, sodiumauto, etc(Available values are listed in "capability_image_c__wbmode")	4/4 Modes	of white balance."auto": Auto white balance"rbgain": Use rgain and bgain to set white balance manually."manual": 2 cases:a. if "rbgain" is not supported, this means keep current white balance status.b. if "rbgain" is supported, "rgain" and "bgain" are updated to the current values which is got from white balance module. Then, act as rbgain mode"widerange": Auto Tracing White balance (2000K to 10000K)."outdoor": auto white balance mode specifically for outdoor."indoor": auto white balance mode specifically for indoor."sodiumauto": sodium vapor lamps.* Only available when "capability_image_c__wbmode" != "-"
rgain 0~100 4/4 Manual	set rgain value of gain	control setting.	0: Weak <-> 100: Strong* Only available when "rbgain" is listed in "capability_image_c__wbmode"."Only valid when "videoin_c__whitebalance" != auto* Normalized range.
bgain 0~100 4/4 Manual	set bgain value of gain	control setting.	0: Weak <-> 100: Strong* Only available when "rbgain" is listed in "capability_image_cwbmode".* Only valid when "videoin_cwhitebalance" != auto* Normalized range.
maxgain 0~100 4/4 Maxi	mum gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_cagc_maxgain" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_cexposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
mingain 0~100 4/4 Minimum gain value.			0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_cagc_mingain" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_cexposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
gainvalue 0~100 4/4 Gain value.			0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_cagc_maxgain" != "-" and "capability_image_cexposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* Normalized range.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
piris_mode	manual, indoor, outdoor,-	1/4 Control	P-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting P-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."manual": Manual set P-Iris by "piris_position"."-": not support (only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sensortype" is "smartsensor")* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_iristype" = piris
piris_position	1~100 1/4 Manual set P-Iris.		1: Open <-> 100: Close* Only vaild when "piris_mode" = manual or "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sensortype" is "smartsensor"* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_iristype" = piris
irismode fixed, indoor,	outdoor	4/4 Control	DC-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting DC-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."fixed": Open the iris to maximum.* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_iristype" = dciris
wdrpro_mode	4/4 Enable WDR pro		* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_wdrpro_mode" > 0
wdrpro_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR		Pro.The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR Pro.* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_wdrpro_strength" is 1
wdrc_mode	4/4 Enable WDR enhanced.		* Only available when
			"capability_image_c<wdrc_mode" is 1
wdrc_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR		enhanced.The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR enhanced.* Only available when"capability_image_c<wdrc_mode" is 1
aespeed_mode	4/4 Turning AE converge speed on or off.0: off1: on* Only available when"capability_image_c_aespeed" is 1
aespeed_speedlevel	1~100 4/4 The speed level of AE		converge speed.1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher speed level meas shorter AE converged time during AE executing.* Only available when"capability_image_c_aespeed" is 1
aespeed_sensitivity	1~100 4/4 The sensitivity of AE		converge speed.1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher sensitivity level meas that it is easy to be trigger while scene changed.* Only available when"capability_image_c_aespeed" is 1
flickerless	4/4 Turn on(1) or turn off(0) the flickerless mode* Only available when"capability_image_c_flickerless" is 1

7.9Time Shift settings

Group: timeshift for n channel products and m stream

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

(capability.timeshift > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable time shift streaming.
c<0~(n-1>_s<0~(m-1) _allow	4/4 Enable time shift	time shift	streaming for specific stream.

7.10 IR cut control

Group: ircutcontrol (capability.nvideoinprofile> 0 and capability_daynight_c<0\~(n-1)>_ircutfilter=1)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideooin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode	auto,day,night,di,schedule	6/6 Set IR	cut control mode
sir	6/6 Enable/disable Smart IR	6/6 Enable/disable Smart IR	* Only available when"capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_smartir" is 1
daymodebegintime 00:00~	23:59 6/6 Day mode	begin time
daymodeendtime 00:00~2	3:59 6/6 Day mod end time	d time
disableirled		6/6	Enable/disable built-in IR led(capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_buildinir > 0)
enableextled	1/6 Enable/disable external IR led	internal IR led	(capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>externalir > 0)
bwmode		6/6 Switch to B/W in	night mode if enabled
sensitivity	low, normal, high(ifcapability_daynight_c<nc>_ircutsensitivity_type=options)1~100 (ifcapability_daynight_c<nc>_ircutsensitivity_type=normalize)	6/6	Sensitivity of day/night control.There are two value format:"low,normal,high": ifcapability_daynight_c<nc>_ircutsensitivity_type=options"1~100": ifcapability_daynight_c<nc>_ircutsensitivity_type=normalize

7.11 Image setting per channel

Group: image_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and m profile

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
brightness<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Darker <	-> 5: Bright100: Use " image_c<n>_brightnesspercent"* Only available when bit 0 of"capability_image_c<n>_basicsetting" is 1* We replace "brightness" with"brightnesspercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
contrast<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Less contrast	<-> 5: More contrast100: Use " image_c<n>_contrastpercent"* Only available when bit 1 of"capability_image_c<n>_basicsetting" is 1.* We replace "contrast" with "contrastpercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
saturation -5~5,100 4/4 -5: Less saturation <->		5: More saturation
			100: Use " image_c__saturationpercent"* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.* We replace "saturation" with"saturationpercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
sharpness<Not recommended to use this>	-3~3,100 4/4	-3: Softer <->3: Sharper100: Use " image_c__sharpnesspercent"* Only available when bit 3 of"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.* We replace "sharpness" with"sharpnesspercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
brightnesspercent 0~100 4/4 Set brightness in the normalized range.0: Darker <-> 100: Bright* Only available when bit 0 of"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.
contrastpercent 0~100 4/4 Set contrast in the normalized range.0: Less contrast <-> 100: More contrast* Only available when bit 1 of"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1
saturationpercent 0~100 4/4 Set saturation in the normalized range.0: Less saturation <-> 100: More saturation* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.
sharpnesspercent 0~100 4/4 Set sharpness in the normalized range.0: Softer <-> 100: Sharper* Only available when bit 3 of
			"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1
gammacurve	0~100	4/4	0: Fine-turned gamma curve by Vivotek.1: Gamma value = 0.012: Gamma value = 0.023: Gamma value = 0.03...100: Gamma value = 1* Note: Although we set gamma value to 100 level, but not all gamma values are valid. Internal module will take the closest valid one. For example, 1~45 may all be mapped to gamma value = 0.45, etc.
lowlightmode	4/4	Enable/disable low light mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c__lowlightmode" is 1
dnr_mode	4/4	3D noise reduction.0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c__dnr" is 1
dnr_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of 3DNR* Only available when "capability_image_c__dnr" is 1
defog_mode	4/4	Enable/disable defog mode.0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c__defog_mode" is 1
defog_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of defog* Only available when "capability_image_c__defog_mode" is 1
eis_mode	4/4	Electronic image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when 'eis' is listed in "capability_image_c__is_mode".
eis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of electronic image stabilizer* Only available when 'eis' is listed in "capability_image_c__is_mode".

dis_mode		Digital image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when 'dis' is listed in "capability_image_c_is_mode".
dis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of digital image stabilizer* Only available when 'dis' is listed in "capability_image_c_is_mode".
scene_enable		Enable/disable scene mode0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c-scenemode_support" is 1
scene_mode	visibility, noiseless, lpcparkinglot, lpcstreet	4/4 Value of scene mode* Only available when "capability_image_c-scenemode_support" is 1* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c_scenemode_support type"
restoreatwb	1~	4/4 Restore of adjusting white balance of image according to mode settings
freeze		Enable/disable Image freeze while patrolling.0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c_freeze" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_enable		4/4 Enable/disable image freeze while patrolling.0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c_freeze" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_policy	night, schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_begintime hh:mm 4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_endtime hh:mm 4/4 End time of schedule mode.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_brightness	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Darker <-> 5: Bright100: Use "image_c_brightnesspercent"* Only available when bit 0 of

			"capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1* We replace "profile_i0_brightness" with "profile_i0_brightnesspercent".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_contrast<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Less contrast <-> 5: More contrast100: Use " image_c__contrastpercent"* Only available when bit 1 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.* We replace "profile_i0_brightness" with "profile_i0_brightnesspercent ".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_saturation<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Less saturation <-> 5: More saturation100: Use " image_c__saturationpercent"* Only available when bit 2 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.* We replace "profile_i0_brightness" with "profile_i0_b saturationpercent".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_sharpness<Not recommended to use this>	-3~3,100 4/4	-5: Less saturation <-> 5: More saturation100: Use " image_c__saturationpercent"* Only available when bit 2 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.* We replace "profile_i0_b saturation" with "profile_i0_b saturationpercent".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_brightness percent	0~100 4/4 Set	brightness in the normalized range.0: Darker <-> 100: Bright* Only available when bit 0 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_contrastpercent	0~100 4/4 Set	contrast in the normalized range.0: Less contrast <-> 100: More contrast* Only available when bit 1 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_saturation percent	0~100 4/4 Set	saturation in the normalized range.0: Less saturation <-> 100: More saturation* Only available when bit 2 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_sharpness percent	0~100 4/4 Set	sharpness in the normalized range.0: Softer <-> 100: Sharper* Only available when bit 3 of "capability_image_c__basicsetting" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_gammacurve	0~100 4/4 0: Fine-turned gamma curve by Vivotek.1: Gamma value = 0.012: Gamma value = 0.023: Gamma value = 0.03...100: Gamma value = 1* Note: Although we set gamma value to 100 level, but not all gamma values are valid. Internal module will take the closest valid one. For example, 1~45 may all be mapped to gamma value = 0.45, etc.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_lowlightmodeproduct dependent>	4/4	Enable/disable low light mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c__lowlightmode" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_dnr_modeproduct dependent>	4/4	3D noise reduction.0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c__dnr" is 1

profile_i<0~(m-1)>_dnr_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of 3DNR		* Only available when"capability_image_c<dnr" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _defog_mode		Enable/disable defog mode.0: disable1: enable* Only available when"capability_image_c_defog_mode" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _defog_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of defog		* Only available when"capability_image_c_defog_mode" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _eis		Electronic image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when"capability_image_c_eis" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _eis_mode		Electronic image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when 'eis' is listed in"capability_image_c_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1) _eis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of electronic image stabilizer* Only available when 'eis' is listed in"capability_image_c_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1) _dis_mode		Digital image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when 'dis' is listed in"capability_image_c_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1) _dis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of digital image stabilizer* Only available when 'dis' is listed in"capability_image_c_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1) _scene_enable		Enable/disable scene mode0: disable1: enable* Only available when"capability_image_c-scenemode_support" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _scene_mode	visibility,noiseless,lpcparkinglot,lpcstreet	4/4 Value of scene mode* Only available when	"capability_image_c<ncenemode_support" is 1* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c<ncenemode_support type"

7.12 Exposure window setting per channel

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" (Only available when "capability_image_c_exposure_mode" = 1)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode auto, custom,blc* Available values are listed in "capability_image_c<n>_exposure_winmode"		4/4 "auto": Use full image view as the only exposure window."custom": Use custom windows."blc": Use BLC(Back Light Compensation), and the only exposure window is located at the center of view.

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", k denotes the value of "capability_image_c_exposure_winnum".

(Only available when custom is listed in "capability_image_c_exposure_winmode" and valid when

"exposurewin_c_mode"=custom)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable	4/4 Enable or disable the window.
policy 0~1	4/4 0: Indicate exclusive.		1: Indicate inclusive.* Only available when exclusive is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_wintype".
home <0~	320,0~240> 4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomain".
size	<0~320x0~240>	4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomain".

homepx	<0~W,0~H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1	4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomain".
sizepx <0~Wx0~ H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomain".
homestead <0~9999,0~9999> 4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomain".
sizestd <0~9999x0~9999> 4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomain".

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> for n channel product and m profile, n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile",

(Only valid when capability_image_c_exposure_mode=1)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode auto, custom,blc* Available values are listed in "capability_image_cExposure_winmode"		4/4 The mode indicates how to decide the exposure."auto": Use full view as the only one exposure window."custom": Use inclusive and exclusive window."blc": Use BLC(Back Light Compensation), and the only exposure window is located at the center of view.

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)> for m profile and n channel product,

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile",

k denotes the value of "capability_image_c_exposure_winnum".

(Only valid when exposurewin_c_mode=custom)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable <boolean> 4/4 Enable or disable the window.
policy 0~1	4/4 0: Indicate exclusive.		1: Indicate inclusive.* Only available when exclusive is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_wintype".
home <0~320,0~240> 4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomai n".
size <0~320x0~240> 4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomai n".
homepx	<0~W,0~H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1	4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomai n".
sizepx <0~Wx0~ H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomai n".
homestead	<0~9999,0~9999>	4/4	Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomai n".
sizestd	<0~9999x0~9999>	4/4	Width and height of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_cExposure_windomai n".

7.13 Audio input per channel

Group: audioin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.naudioin>0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
source<Not recommended to usethis>	micin, lineinproductdependent>	4/4 micin => use built-in microphone input.linein => use external microphone input.* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "source" with "input". More details, please refer the parameter description of "input".
input intmic, extmic		4/4 intmic: Internal (built-in) microphone.(Only available when capability_audio_intmic = 1)extmic: External microphone input.(Only available when capability_audio_extmic =1)* Note: If physical microphone switch is showed on product, this value is updated during booting to fit switch status.
volume_internal 0~100 4/4 Volume when take internal microphone asinput source.0: Minimum100: Maximum* Only available when the channel supports internal microphone (The related bit of "capability_audio_intmic" is equal to 1).
volume_external 0~100 4/4 Volume when take external microphone asinput source.0: Minimum100: Maximum* Only available when the channel supports external microphone (The related bit of
			"capability_audio_extmic" is equal to 1).
mute 0, 1 1/4 0: Mute off			1: Mute on
gain<Not recommended to usethis>	0~100 4/4 Gain of input.		(audioin_c<0~(n-1)>_source = linein)* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "gain" with "volume_internal" and "volume_external". More details, please refer the parameter description of "volume_internal" and "volume_external".
boostmic<Not recommended to usethis>	0~100 4/4 Enable microphone boost.		Gain of input.(audioin_c<0~(n-1)>_source = micin)* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "boostmic" with "volume_internal" and "volume_external". More details, please refer the parameter description of "volume_internal" and "volume_external".
s0_codectype aac4, gamr,	g711,g726(Available codec are listed in "capability_audio_ codec")	4/4 Set audio codec type for input.aac4: Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)gamr: Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)g711: G.711g726: G.726
s0_aac4_bitrate 16000,	32000,48000,64000,96000,128000	4/4 Set AAC4 bitrate in bps.* Only available if AAC is supported.
s0_gamr_bitrate	4750,5150,	4/4 AMR encoded bitrate in bps.
	5900,6700,7400,7950,10200,12200		* Only available if AMR is supported.
s0_g711_modepcmu,	pcma	4/4 Set G.	711 companding algorithm.pcmu: μ-law algorithmpcma: A-law algorithm* Only available if G.711 is supported.
s0_g726_bitrate 16000,	24000,32000,40000	4/4 Set G.	726 encoded bitrate in bps.* Only available if G.726 is supported.
s0_g726_bitstreampackingmode	little, big 4/4 Set G.	726 bit streaming packing mode.little: Little-endian bitstream format.big: Big-endian bitstream format.* Only available if G.726 is supported.
s0_g726_vlcmode 0, 1 4/4	Enable vlcmode for G.	726.	0: Standard mode.1: Solve compatibility problem with VLC player.* Only available if G.726 is supported.
alarm_enable		4/4 Enable audio detection
alarm_level 1~100 4/4 Audio detection alarm level
profile_i0_enable <boolean> 4/4 Enable/disable this profile setting
profile_i0_policy	night,schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
profile_i0_begintime	hh:mm	4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
profile_i0_endtime	hh:mm	4/4 End time of schedule mode.
profile_i0_alarm_level	1~100	4/4	Audio detection alarm level

7.14 Motion detection settings

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable motion detection.
win_sensitivity 1 ~ 100 4/4 Sensitivity of all motion detection windows.

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", k denotes the value of "capability_nmotion".

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable motion detection window.
name string[14] 4/4 Name of motion window.
polygonstd 0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when std is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"
objsize 1 ~ 100 4/4 Percent of motion detection window.
sensitivity1 ~ 100 4/4 Sensitivity of motion detection window.* We replace "sensitivity" with"win_sensitivity".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
polygonpx0 ~ W,0 ~ H, 0 ~W,0 ~ H, 0 ~ W,0 ~ H, 0 ~ W,0 ~ HW: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when px is listed in"capability_motion_windomain
			* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
polygon<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
left<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Left coordinate of w	ndow position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
top<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Top coordinate of w	ndow position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
width<Not recommended to use	0 ~ 320 4/4 Width of motion det	ection window.* Only available when
this>			"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
height<Not recommended to use this>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Height of motion detection window.* Only available when "capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> for m profile and n channel product, n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the vaule of "capability_nmotionprofile ", (capability_nmotionprofile > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable profile 1 ~ (m-1).
policy	night, schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
begintime hh:mm 4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
endtime hh:mm 4/4 End time of schedule mode.
win_sensitivity 1 ~ 100 4/4 Sensitivity of all motion detection windows.

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)> for m profile and n channel product, n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the vaule of "capability_nmotionprofile", k denotes the value of "capability_nmotion".

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable motion detection window.
name string[14] 4/4 Name of motion window.
polygonstd 0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when std is listed in"capability_motion_windomain
objsize 1 ~ 100 4/4 Percent of motion detection window.
sensitivity1 ~ 100 4/4 Sensitivity of motion detection window.* We replace "sensitivity" with"win_sensitivity".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
polygonpx0 ~ W,0 ~ H, 0 ~W,0 ~ H, 0 ~ W,0 ~ HW: 0~ The currentimage width -1H: 0~ The currentimage height -1		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when px is listed in"capability_motion_windomain* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
polygon0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~320,0 ~ 240		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain
			* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
left<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Left coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain".* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
top<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Top coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
width<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Width of motion detection window.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
height<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Height of motion detection window.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.
			* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain".* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

7.15 Tampering detection settings

Group: tampering_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.tampering > 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable or disable tamper detection.
threshold 0~100 4/4 Threshold of tamper detection.
duration 10~600 4/4 If tampering value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then tamper detection is triggered.
ignorewidth 0,1/7 Indicate the width to offset to start to analysis the image.
dark_enable4/4 Enable or disable image too dark detection
dark_threshold	0~100 4/4 Threshold of image too dark detection
dark_duration	1~10	4/4 If image too dark value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then image too dark detection is triggered.
bright_enable	4/4 Enable or disable image too bright detection
bright_threshold	0~100 4/4 Threshold of image too bright detection
bright_duration	1~10	4/4 If image too bright value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then image too bright detection is triggered.
blurry_enable	4/4 Enable or disable image too blurry detection
blurry_threshold	0~100 4/4 Threshold of image too blurry detection
blurry_duration	1~10	4/4 If image too blurry value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then image too blurry detection is
			triggered.

7.16 DDNS

Group: ddns (capability.protocol.ddns > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable the dynamic DNS.
provider	CustomSafe100, DyndnsDynamic, DyndnsCustom, Safe100	6/6 Safe100 => safe100.net DyndnsDynamic => dyndns.org (dynamic) DyndnsCustom => dyndns.org CustomSafe100 => Custom server using safe100 method
Anti-hostname string[128] 6/6 Your DDNS hostname.
Anti-username email	string[64] 6/6 Your user name or email to login to the DDNS service provider
Anti-passwordkey	string[64] 6/6 Your password or key to login to the DDNS service provider.
Anti-servername string[128] 6/6 The server name for safe100. (This field only exists if the provider is customsafe100)

7.17 Express link

Group: expresslink

PARAMETER	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable express link.
state	onlycheck, onlyoffline, checkonline, badnetwork	6/6 Camera	will check the status of network environment and express link URL
url	string[64] 6/6 The url user define to link to camera

7.18 UPnP presentation

Group: upnppresentation

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable the UPnP presentation service.	Enable or disable the UPnP presentation service.	P presentation service.	service.

7.19 UPnP port forwarding

Group: upnpportforwarding

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable the UPnP port forwarding service.
upnpnatstatus 0~3 6/7 The status of UPnP port forwarding, used internally.0 = OK, 1 = FAIL, 2 = no IGD router, 3 = no need for port forwarding

7.20 System log

Group: syslog

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enableremotelog <boolean> 6/6 Enable remote log.
serverip		6/6 Log server IP address.
serverport	514, 1025~65535	6/6 Server port used for log.
level	0~7	6/6 Levels	used to distinguish the importance of the information:0: LOG_EMERG1: LOG_ALERT2: LOG_CRIT3: LOG_ERR4: LOG_WARNING5: LOG_NOTICE6: LOG_INFO7: LOG_DEBUG
setparamlevel	0~2	6/6 Show log of parameter setting.
			0: disable1: Show log of parameter setting set from external.2. Show log of parameter setting set from external and internal.

7.21 SNMP

Group: snmp (capability.protocol.snmp > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
v26/6 SNMP	v2 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
v36/6 SNMP	v3 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
secnamerw string[31] 6/6	Read/write security name
secnamero string[31] 6/6	Read only security name
authpwrw string[8~128] 6/6	Read/write authentication password
authpwro string[8~128] 6/6	Read only authentication password
authtyperw MD5,SHA	6/6 Read/write authentication type
authtypero MD5,SHA	6/6 Read only authentication type
encryptpwrw	string[8~128] 6/6 Read/write password
encryptpwro	string[8~128] 6/6 Read only password
encrypttyperw	DES	6/6 Read/write encryption type
encrypttypero	DES	6/6 Read only encryption type
rwcommunity	string[31] 6/6 Read/write community
rocommunity	string[31] 6/6 Read only community
syslocation	string[128]	6/6 System location
syscontact	string[128]	6/6 System contact

7.22 Layout configuration

Group: layout

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
logo_default1/6 0 => Custom logo			1 => Default logo
logo_link	string[128]http://www.vivotek.com	1/6 Hyperlink of the logo
logo_powerbyvvtk_hidden	1/6	0 => display the power by vivotek logo1 => hide the power by vivotek logo
custombutton_manualtrigger_show	1/6 Show or hide manual trigger (VI) button in homepage0 -> Hidden1 -> Visible
theme_option 1~4 1/6 1~3: One of the default themes.			4: Custom definition.
theme_color_font string[7]	1/6 Font color
theme_color_configfont string[7]	1/6 Font color of configuration area.
theme_color_titlefont string[7]	1/6 Font color of video title.
theme_color_controlbackground	string[7] 1/6 Background color of control area.
theme_color_configbackground	string[7] 1/6 Background color of configuration area.
theme_color_videobackground	string[7] 1/6 Background color of video area.
theme_color_case	string[7] 1/6 Frame color

7.23 Privacy mask

Group: privacymask_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and m privacy mask window.

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of

"capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_nprivacymask"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable privacy mask.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_enable4/4 Enable privacy mask window.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_name string[14] 4/4 Name of the privacy mask window.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_left 0 ~ 320 4/4 Left coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_image_c__privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_top 0 ~ 240 4/4 Top coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_image_c__privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_width 0 ~ 320 4/4 Width of privacy mask window.* Only available when"capability_image_c__privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_height 0 ~ 240 4/4 Height of privacy mask window.* Only available when"capability_image_c__privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_polygon 0 ~ 320,0 ~240,0 ~320,0 ~ 240,0 ~320,0 ~240,0 ~320,0 ~320,0 ~ 240	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_image_c__privacymask_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_image_c__privacymask_windomain
win_i<0~(m-1)>_polygonpx 0 ~ W,0 ~ H,0 ~ W,0 ~ H,0 ~ W,0 ~ H,0	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when
	~ W,0 ~ HW: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		"capability_image_c<n>_privacymask_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_c<n>_privacymask_windomain
win_i<0~(m-1)>_polygonstd	0 ~ 9999,0 ~9999, 0 ~9999,0 ~9999, 0 ~9999,0 ~9999, 0 ~9999,0 ~9999	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when "capability_image_c<n>_privacymask_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_c<n>_privacymask_windmain

7.24 3D Privacy mask

Group: privacymask3d_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and m privacy mask window.

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype = 3Drectangle)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of

"capability_videooin_c<0\~(n-1)>_nprivacymask"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable the 3D privacy mask
color	0~"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_ncolor"	4/4 Privacy mask color
win_i<0~(m-1)>_name string[40] 4/4 Name of the privacy mask window.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_pan "capability_ptz_minpan" ~"capability_ptz_maxpan"	4/4 Pan position of window position.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_tilt "capability_ptz_mintilt" ~"capability_ptz_maxtilt"	4/4 Tilt position of window position.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_zoom	"capability_ptz_minzoom" ~"capability_ptz_maxzoom"	4/4 Zoom position of window position.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_fliped		4/4	Flip side of window position.0: Non-flip side1: Flip side

7.25 Capability

Group: capability

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
api_httpversion		0/7 The version of VIVOTEK WebAPI with 4 integers plus 1 alphabet, There are composed by "major version", "minor version", "revision", "_platform". ex: 0301a_1Major versionIncrease the major version when change, remove the old features/interfaces or the firmware has substantially change in architecture and not able to roll back to previous version. This may cause incompatibility with supporting software.Minor versionIncrease the minor version when add new features/interfaces without change the old features and interfaces.RevisionIncrease the revision when fix bugs without change any features of the output.platformThis is a constant, it is used to distinguish between different platformsAPI version format:MMmmr_kWhere "MM" is the major version, "mm" is the minor version and "r" is the revision.'M' and 'm' and 'k' are decimal digit from 0 to 9, while 'r' is an alphabetic.EX: 0302b_1 => Major version = 03, minor version = 02, revision = b, platform = 1The 4 integer numbers are WebAPI version, we use short name: [httpversion] for it in this
			document.The 5th character is model-based version for API bug-fix and it's default to "a".Ex: If some APIs in a model does not follow the API definition of 0301a_1, we will fix them and change this API value to 0301b_1.
bootuptime0/7 Server bootup time.
nir0,0/7 Number of IR interfaces.(Recommend to use capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoin"-1>_builtinir for built-in IR and capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoin"-1>_externalir for external IR)* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.		0,	0/7 Number of IR interfaces.(Recommend to use capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoin"-1}_builtinir for built-in IR and capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoin"-1}_externalir for external IR)
npir	0,	0/7 Number of PIRs.
ndi	0,	0/7 Number of digital inputs.
nvi	0,	0/7 Number of virtual inputs (manual trigger)
ndo	0,	0/7 Number of digital outputs.
naudioin	0,	0/7 The number of audio input channel. 0 means no audio input support.
naudioout	0,	0/7 The number of audio output channel
nvideoin0/7 Number of video inputs.
nvideout 0,Integer>0/7 Number of video out interface.		Integer>	0/7 Number of video output interface.
nvideoinprofile0/7 Number of video input profiles.			0/7 Number of video input profiles.
nmediastream0/7 Number of media stream per channels.			0/7 Number of media stream per channels.
naudiosetting0/7 Number of audio settings per channel.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "naudiosetting" with "naudioin".		0/7 Number of audio settings per channel.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "naudiosetting" with "naudioin".
			More details, please refer the parameter description of "volume_internal" and "volume_external".
nuart	0,	0/7 Number	of UART interfaces.
nmotion	0/7 The number of motion window.
nmotionprofile 0,	integer>	0/7 Number	of motion profiles.
ptzenabled 0,	integer>	0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 => Built-in or external video source;0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)(only available when RS-485 interface is supported or SD/PZ/PT/PD/video server series)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)(only available when RS-485 interface is supported or SD/PZ/PT/PD/video server series)Bit 6 => Reserved bit; always 0.Bit 7 => External or built-in PT;0(built-in), 1(external)
windowless0/7	Indicate whether to support windowless plug-in.
evctrlchannel	0/7 Indicate whether to support HTTP tunnel forevent/control transfer.
joystick0/7	Indicate whether to support joystick control.
remotefocus0/7	0/7	An 4-bit integer, which indicates the supportive application of remotefocus.If the value of this parameter is larger than 0,
			it means that the camera supports remotefocus function.bit 0 => Indicate whether to support both zoom and focus function.bit 1 => Only support zoom function.bit 2 => Only support focus function.bit 3 => Currently, this is a reserved bit, and the default value is 0.* It's strongly non-recommended to use this.* This is kept for compatibility.* You can check "capability_image_c<0~nvideoin-1>_remotfocus" for support remotefocus function;capability_image_c<0~nvideoin-1>_backfocus" for support backfocus function.
npreset 0,	integer>	0/7 Number of preset locations
eptz 0,	integer>	0/7 For "nvideoin" = 1, the definition is as following:A 32-bits integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => 1st stream supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => 2nd stream supports ePTZ or not, and so on.For nvideoin >= 2, the definition is different:First all 32 bits are divided into groups for channel.Ex:nvideoin = 2, bit 0~15 are the 1st group for 1st channel, bit 16~31 are the 2nd group for 2nd channel.nvideoin = 3, bit 0~9 are the 1st group for 1st channel, bit 10~19 are the 2nd group for 2nd channel, bit 20~31 are the 3rd group for 3rd channel.Then, the 1st bit of the group indicates 1st stream of a channel support ePTZ or not. The
			2nd bit of the group indicates 2nd stream of a channel support ePTZ or not, and so on.* For most products, the last stream of a channel will not support ePTZ. It is reserved for full view of the channel. For some dual-stream products, both streams support ePTZ.
nanystream 0,	integer>	0/7 number	of any media stream per channel
iva0/7 Indicate whether to support Intelligent Video analysis	Indicate whether to support white light led.
whitelight0/7	Indicate whether to support iris control.
iris0/7 Indicate whether to support iris control.
supportsd0/7	Indicate whether to support local storage.
fisheye0/7 The parameter is used to determine whether the product is fisheye or not.
tampering0/7	Indicate whether to support tampering detection.
tamperingmode	tamper,toodark,toob right,tooblurry	0/7 Available tampering mode list.* Only available when "capability_tampering" is 1.
adaptiverecording0/7 Indicate whether to support adaptive recording.
adaptivestreaming0/7 Indicate whether to support adaptive streaming.
supporttriggertypes	seq,boot,motion,net workfail,recnotify,tampering,vi,vadp,di, volalarm,temperature,pir, visignal, backup	0/7	list all the trigger types which are supported in the camera:"seq" = Periodic condition"boot" = System boot"motion" = Video motion detection"networkfail" = network connection failure"recnotify" = Recording notification."tampering" = Tamper detection."vi" = Virtual input (Manual trigger)"vadp" = VADP trigger"di" = Digital input"volalarm" = Audio detection"temperature" = Temperature detection"pir" = PIR detection"visignal" = Video input signal loss."backup" = Backing up recorded files* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
storage_dbenabled0/7 Media files are indexed in database.
protocol_https0/7 Indicate whether to support HTTP over SSL.
protocol_rtsp0/7 Indicate whether to support RTSP.
protocol_sip0/7 Indicate whether to support SIP.
protocol_maxconnection0/7 The maximum number of allowed simultaneous connections.
protocol_maxgenconnection0/7 The maximum general streaming connections.
protocol_rtp_multicast_scalable0/7 Indicate whether to support scalable multicast.
protocol_rtp_multicast_backchannel0/7 Indicate whether to support backchannel multicast.
protocol_rtp_tcp0/7 Indicate whether to support RTP over TCP.
protocol_rtp_http0/7 Indicate whether to support RTP over HTTP.
protocol_spush_mjpeg0/7 Indicate whether to support server push MJPEG.
protocol_snmp0/7 Indicate whether to support SNMP.
protocol_ipv60/7 Indicate whether to support IPv6.
protocol_pppoe0/7 Indicate whether to support PPPoE.
protocol_ieee8021x0/7 Indicate whether to support IEEE802.1x.
protocol_qos_cos0/7 Indicate whether to support CoS.
protocol_qos_dscp0/7 Indicate whether to support QoS/DSCP.
protocol_ddns0/7 Indicate whether to support DDNS.
videoin_type0, 1, 20/7 0 => Interlaced CCD1 => Progressive CCD2 => CMOS
videoin_nresolution0/7 This equals"capability_videoin_c0_nresolution".* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_resolution A list of0/7 This equals
			"capability_videoin_c0_resolution".* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_maxframerate A list of 0/7 This equals			"capability_videoin_c0_maxframerate".* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_mjpeg_maxframe rate	A list ofand "-"	0/7 This equals	"capability_videoin_c0_mjpeg_maxframerate".* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_h264_maxframerate	A list ofand "-"	0/7 This equals	"capability_videoin_c0_h264_maxframerate".* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_codec mjpeg, h264, h265	0/7 Available codec of a device, split by comma.The sequence is not limited.EX:FD8183 supports H.264 and MJPEG, then this is "mjpeg,h264".IP9171 supports H.264, MJPEG and H.265, then this is "mjpeg,h264,h265"
videoin_streamcodec A list of0/7 This equals"capability_videoin_c0_streamcodec"."This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_flexiblebitrate 0/7 Indicate whether to supportflexible bit rate control.
videoout_codec -, ntsc, pal	0/7 Current output information about video out.1st element for 1st video-out, 2nd element for 2nd video-out, and so on. The number of element depends on "capability_nvideoout"."": Video-out is not availablentsc: NTSC analog outputpal: PAL analog outputEx:"nvideoout"=0, "videoout_codec"=-
			"nvideoout"=1 with NTSC,"videoout_codec"=ntsc"nvideoout"=1 with PAL,"videoout_codec"=pal"nvideoout"=2 with both NTSC,"videoout_codec"=ntsc,ntsc* For camera, this feature is controlled by physical jump on device. No WebAPI to control it. This value is set only on camera power-on and maintains the status.* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
timeshift0/7	Indicate whether to support time shift caching stream.
audio_aec0/7	Indicate whether to support acoustic echo cancellation.
audio_mic0/7 Indicate whether to support built-in microphone input.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "audio_mic" with "audio_intmic".
audio_intmic	<0~Positive Integer>	0/7 Internal (Built-in) Microphone.0: Not support1: SupportBit 0 for CH0, bit 1 for CH1, and so on.
audio_extmic	<0~Positive Integer>	0/7 External Microphone.0: Not support1: SupportBit 0 for CH0, bit 1 for CH1, and so on.
audio_alarm	<0~Positive Integer>	0/7 0: Not support audio alarm.1: Support audio alarm.Bit 0 for CH0, bit 1 for CH1, and so on.
audio_linein0/7 Indicate whether to support external line input.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It will be replaced by audio_intmic and
			audio_extmic.
audio_lineout	0/7 Indicate whether to support line output.
audio_michardwareswitch	0/7 Indicate whether the hardware supports built-in/external mic switch
audio_headphoneout	0/7 Indicate whether to support headphone output.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
audioin_codec aac4, gamr,	g711,g726, -	0/7 Available audio codec. We take comma to split codec without any space.aac4: Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)gamr: Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)g711: G.711g726: G.726-: Not supported.
audioout_codec g711, -		0/7 Available codec list for SIP.-: Not supported.
motion_wintype rectangle,	polygon 0/7 The supported motion window type.polygon: The window is a 2D polygon shape.rectangle: The window is a 2D rectangle shape.
motion_windomain qvga,px, std, - 0/7 The domain to set an motion window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole image PX: Locate a window in the image with pixels. std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.
smartstream_support	0/7 Indicate whether smart stream is supported.
smartstream_nstream		0/7	Number of stream that support smart stream.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_windomain	qvga, px, std, - 0/7	The domain to set an focus window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole image.PX: Locate a window in the image with pixels.
			std: A normalized 0~9999 range. -: Not supported.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_mode_autotracking		0/7 Indicate whether	autotracking smart stream is supported.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_mode_manual		0/7 Indicate whether	manual smart stream is supported.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_mode_hybrid		0/7 Indicate whether	hybrid(autotracking+ manual) smart stream is supported.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_autotracking		0/7 Maximum	number of tracking window of autotracking.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_manual		0/7 Maximum	number of tracking window of manual.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_hybrid_autotracking		0/7 Maximum	number of tracking window of autotracking in hybrid mode.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_hybrid_manual		0/7 Maximum	number of tracking window of manual in hybrid mode.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_supportquality	excellent,detailed,good,standard,medium,low	0/7 Available	quality of smart stream.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_supportmax bitratevadp_supportfeature	1Mbps,2Mbps,4Mbps,6Mbps,8Mbps,10Mbps,20Mbps,30Mbps,40Mbpstive integer> 0/7 An	0/7 Available32-bit integer	maxbitrate of smart stream.*only available when "capability_smartstream_support" is 1, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => VADP interfaceBit 1 => Capture video raw dataBit 2 => Support encode jpegBit 3 => Capture audio raw dataBit 4 => Support event triggerBit 5 => Support license registrationBit 6 => Support shared memory APIBit 7 => Support digital signature of packageBit 8 => Support snapshot
vadp_npackage	integer> 0/7 Indicate	the maximum	number of VADP package that can be uploaded to the device.
thermal_support	0/7 Indicate whether to support thermal IC.
thermal_controlmode	auto,customheater	0/7 Indicate	the thermal control mode."auto": control by camera automatically"customheater": the threshold of heater can be sepcified by user.* only available when"capability_thermal_support" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
thermal_temperaturedetection	0/7 Indicate whether to support temperature detection.
camctrl_httptunnel	0/7 Indicate whether to support httptunnel.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301b.* It will be replaced by capability_camctrl_ptztunnel.
camctrl_ptztunnel	0/7 Indicate whether to support ptztunnel.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301b.
camctrl_privilege	0/7 Indicate whether to support "Manage Privilege" of PTZ control in the Security page.1: support both /cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi and /cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi
			0: support only /cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi
uart_httptunnel	0/7 Indicate whether to support		HTTP tunnel for UART transfer.
transmission_mode	Tx, Rx, Both	0/7 Indicate transmission mode of the machine: TX = server, Rx = receiver box, Both = DVR.
network_wire	0/7 Indicate whether to support Ethernet.
network_wireless	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless.
wireless_s802dot11b	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless 802.11b+.
wireless_s802dot11g	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless 802.11g.
wireless_s802dot11n	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless 802.11n.
wireless_beginchannel 1 ~	14 0/7 Indicate the begin channel of wireless network
wireless_endchannel 1 ~ 14	0/7 Indicate the end channel of wireless network
wireless_encrypt_wep		0/7	Indicate whether to support wireless WEP.
wireless_encrypt_wpa		0/7	Indicate whether to support wireless WPA.
wireless_encrypt_wpa2		0/7	Indicate whether to support wireless WPA2.
derivative_brand	0/7 Indicate whether to support the upgrade function for the derivative brand. For example, if the value is true, the VVTK product can be upgraded to VVXX. (TCVV<->TCXX is excepted)
test_ac		0/7	Indicate whether to support test ac key.
version_onvifdaemon		0/7	Indicate ONVIF daemon version
version_onviftesttool		0/7	Indicate ONVIF test tool version
media Totalspace		0/7	Available memory space (KB) for media.
media_snapshot_maxpre event		0/7	Maximum snapshot number before event occurred.
media_snapshot_maxpost event		0/7	Maximum snapshot number after event occurred.
media_snapshot_maxsize		0/7	Maximum size (KB) of a snapshot.
media_videoclip_maxsize		0/7	Maximum size (KB) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxlength		0/7 Maximum length (second) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxpree vent		0/7 Maximum	duration (second) after event occurred in a videoclip.
image_iristype<Not recommended to usethis>		0/7 Indicate iris type.	"piris": P-Iris"dciris": DC-Iris"-": No Iris control support* When "capability_iris" = 0, this value must be "-".* Note: For some box-type cameras, this value may be varied depending on mounted lens.* We replace "capability_image_iristype" with "capability_image_c0_iristype".* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0301a
image_focusassist<Not recommended to usethis>		0/7 Indicate whether	to support focus assist.* We replace "capability_image focusassist " with " capability_image_c0 focusassist ".* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0301a
localstorage_manageable		0/7	Indicate whether manageable local storage is supported.
localstorage_seamless		0/7	Indicate whether seamless recording is supported.
localstorage_modnum 0,		0/7 The max	maximum MOD connection numbers.
localstorage_modversion	0/7 Indicate	MOD daemon version
localstorage_stormgrversion	0/7 Indicate	storage manager daemon version
localstorage_supportedge	0,	0/7 An 32-bit integer, which indicates the supportive application of edge storage.If the value of this parameter is larger than 0, it means that the camera supports edge recording function.bit 0 : It supports to record directly to an on-board SD-Card.bit 1~: Currently, they are reserved bit, and the default value is 0.
localstorage_slconnum	0,	0/7	The maximum seamless connection number.
localstorage_smartsdlean> 0/7 The "Lifetime and Log SD Card" feature allows users to obtain the card's remaining lifetime information.0: Non-support this feature1: Support this feature* Only Sony SD card can support this function now.	lean> 0/7 The "Lifetime and Log SD Card" feature allows users to obtain the card's remaining lifetime information.0: Non-support this feature1: Support this feature* Only Sony SD card can support this function now.	the "Lifetime and Log SD Card" feature allows users to obtain the card's remaining lifetime information.0: Non-support this feature1: Support this feature* Only Sony SD card can support this function now.	SD Card" feature allows users to obtain the card's remaining lifetime information.0: Non-support this feature1: Support this feature* Only Sony SD card can support this function now.
remotecamctrl_master 0,	positive integer>	0/7 Indicate whether to support remote auxiliary camera (master side), this value means supporting max number of auxiliary camera.	Indicate whether to support remote auxiliary camera (master side), this value means supporting max number of auxiliary camera.
remotecamctrl_slavelean> 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote camera control (slave side).	lean> 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote camera control (slave side).	Indicate whether to support remote camera control (slave side).	Indicate whether to support remote camera control (slave side).
fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0~(capability_nvideoin)-1><product dependent>	0,	0/7 Indicate the supported streams of local dewarp. One bit represents one supported stream. The LSB indicates stream 0.Ex: "3" means stream 0 and stream 1 support local dewarp.* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0	Indicate the supported streams of local dewarp. One bit represents one supported stream. The LSB indicates stream 0.Ex: "3" means stream 0 and stream 1 support local dewarp.* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0

Group: capability_daynight_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
support0/7 Indicate whether the camera supports day/night mode switch	Indicate whether the camera supports	day/night mode switch
builtinir	0/7 Indicate whether to support built-in IR led.
externalir		0/7	Indicate whether to support external IR led.
smartir		0/7	Indicate whether to support smart IR.
ircutfilter		0/7	Indicate whether to support IR cut.
lightsensor		0/7	Indicate whether to support light sensor.
blackwhitemode		0/7	Indicate whether to support automatically switch to Black & White display during the night mode.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.

ircutsensitivity_type	0/7 Indicate the cgi interface of	"ircutcontrol_sensitivity"."options": the value of"ircutcontrol_sensitivity" parameter is "low, normal,high"."normalize": the value of"ircutcontrol_sensitivity" parameter is "1~100"* Only available when"capability_daynight_csupport" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
ircutsensitivity_supportlevel	0,<positive integer>	0/7 The value indicate the support strength level ofircutsensitivity.* Only available when"capability_daynight_csupport" is 1 and"capability_daynight_circutsensitivity_type" is normalize.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.

Group: capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
lens_type fisheye, fixed,	varifocal, changeable,motor, -	0/7	The lens type of this channel.fisheye: Fisheye lensfixed: Build-in fixed-focus lens.varifocal: Build-in varifocal lens.changeable: changeable lens. Like box-type camera, users can install any C-Mount or CS-Mount lens as they wish.motor: Lens with motor to support zoom, focus, etc.:- N/A* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
rotation0/7 Indicate current mode w		whether support video rotation
streamcodec0/7 Represent supported codec types of each stream.This contains a list of positive integers, split by comma. Each one stands for a stream, and the definition is as following:Bit 0: Support MPEG4.Bit 1: Support MJPEGBit 2: Support H.264Bit 3: Support H.265
mode 0,0/7 Indicate current video mode.
nmode0/7 Indicate how many video modes supported by this channel.
maxsize0/7 The maximum resolution of all modes in this channel, the unit is pixel.
nprivacymask 0,0/7 Number of privacy mask per channel
nresolution0/7 The maximum resolution options (listed in "resolution") in current video mode.
resolution A list of0/7 Resolution options in current video mode. These options are the possible options for "videoin_c__s__resolution".The last one is the maximum resolution in current mode.
maxresolution A list of0/7 Represent supported maximum resolution of each stream in current video mode.* The element number is defined as "capability_nmediastream".
maxframerate A list of0/7 Indicate frame rate that the video source outputs in current video mode.One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_c__cmosfreq"=50 or "videoin_c__modulation"=pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.

mjpeg_maxframerate A list	ofand "-"	0/7 Maximum fps that the device can encoded with MJPEG on resolutions in current video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 50 or "videoin_cmodulation" = pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.* Only available when 'mjpeg' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
mjpeg_maxbitrate	, - 0/7 Maximum bitrates of MJPEG.The unit is bps."-" means MJPEG does not support bit rate control.* Only available when 'mjpeg' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h264_maxframerate A list of	and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps that the device can encoded with H.264 on resolutions in current video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 50 or "videoin_cmodulation" = pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.* Only available when'h264' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h264_maxbitrate	integer> 0/7 Maximum bitrates of H.264.The unit is bps.* Only available when 'h264' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h265_maxframerate A list ofand "-"		0/7 Maximum fps that the device can encoded with H.265 on resolutions in current video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_c<ncmosfreq" = 50 or "videoin_c<ncmodulation" = pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.* Only available when 'h265' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h265_maxbitrate	integer> 0/7 Maximum bitrates of H.265.The unit is bps.* Only available when 'h265' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
fisheye_mounttype	ceiling, wall, floor	0/7 Indicate the supported type.wall mount: 180° panoramic viewceiling mount: 360° surround view without blind spotsfloor mount: 360° surround view without blind spots* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0
dintraperiod_support	0/7 0: Non-support "Dynamic intra frame period"1: Support "Dynamic intra frame period""Dynamic intra frame period" can be used to reduce bitrate by reducing the number of I-frame.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301c.
cameraunit_name	CU8131, CU8171, CU8161-H, CU8162-H, CU8163-H, CU8361-H, ..., -	0/7 A "camera unit" name of a split-type camera system, which the camera unit and the video core are separated. -: If the camera is not a split-type camera system, the value of this parameter is "-". * We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302b.
	< procedure t d e p e n d e n t >

Group: capability_videooin_c<0\~(n-1)>_localdewarp

(capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0\~(capability_nvideoin)-1>>0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideooin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
typeceilingmount 1O, 1P, 2P, 1R, 4R 0/7 Available dewarp types of ceiling and floor mount.
typewallmount 1O, 1P, 1R, 4R 0/7 Available dewarp types of wall mount.
resolutionC1P A list ofH> 0/7 Available resolutions of 1P mode of ceiling and floor mount.

resolutionC2P A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 2Pmode of ceiling and floor mount.	0/7 Available resolutions of 2P	mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionC1R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1Rmode of ceiling and floor mount.	0/7 Available resolutions of 1R	mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionC4R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 4Rmode of ceiling and floor mount.	0/7 Available resolutions of 4R	mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionW1P A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1Pmode of wall mount.	0/7 Available resolutions of 1P	mode of wall mount.
resolutionW1R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1Rmode of wall mount.	0/7 Available resolutions of 1R	mode of wall mount.
resolutionW4R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 4Rmode of wall mount.	0/7 Available resolutions of 4R	mode of wall mount.

Group: capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode<0\~(m-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_videoin_c_nmode"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
rotation0/7 Indicate this mode whether support video rotation
effectivepixel0/7 The visible area of full scene in this video mode.The unit is pixel in source.* This value must <= "capability_videoin_cmaxsize"* If "effectivepixel" < "capability_videoin_cmax size", then the visible area is located at the center of full scene.
outputsize			The output size of source, equal to the captured size by device, in this video mode. The unit is pixel.This value is used as a basic coordinate system for many features, like ePTZ, privacy mask, motion, etc.* Source (most for image sensor) may perform scale or binning, etc on image data, and output data with smaller size. This parameter is designed to represent this.
binning 0, 1, 3 0/7 Indicate binning is used or not in this video mode.0: No binning1: 2x2 binning3: 3x3 binning* Binning is a technology to increase light sensitivity by combining multiple pixels to one.The drawback is reduced resolution. We design this parameter to disclose this information.
nresolution0/7 How many resolution options in this video mode.
resolution A list of0/7 Resolution options in this video mode.The last one is the maximum resolution in this video mode.* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.
maxresolution A list of0/7 Represent supported m maximum resolution of each stream in current video mode.* The element number is defined as "capability_nmediastream".
maxframerate A list of0/7 Indicates frame rate that the video source outputs in this video mode.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"." The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_c__cmosfreq" =60 or "videoin_c__modulation" =ntsc

maxfps_mjpeg A list of	and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with MJPEG on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"." The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 60 or "videoin_cmodulation" = ntsc* Only available when 'mjpeg' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
maxfps_h264 A list of	and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with H.264 on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"." The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 60 or "videoin_cmodulation" = ntsc* Only available when 'h264' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
maxfps_h265 A list of	and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with H.265 on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"." The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 60 or "videoin_cmodulation" = ntsc* Only available when 'h265' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
description	0/7 Description about this mode.

Group: capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode<0\~(m-1)>_defaultsetting_s<0\~(j-1)>

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_videoin_c_nmode", j denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
resolution	A list of	0/7	Default setting of resolution options."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as"capability_nresolution".
mjpeg_framerate A list of	and "-"	0/7 Default	setting of mjpeg framerate on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as"capability_nresolution".
mjpeg_bitrate A list of	and "-"	0/7 Default	setting of mjpeg bitrate on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as"capability_nresolution".
h264_framerate A list of	and "-"	0/7 Default	setting of h264 framerate on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as"capability_nresolution".
h264_bitrate A list of	and "-"	0/7 Default	setting of h264 bitrate on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as"capability_nresolution".
h265_framerate A list of	and "-"	0/7 Default	setting of h265 framerate on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as"capability_nresolution".
h265_bitrate A list of	itiveInteger> and "-"	0/7 Default	setting of h265 bitrate on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* The element number is defined as "capability_nresolution".

Group: capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
basicsetting	0,	0/7	A 32-bits integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Supports Brightness or not.Bit 1 => Supports Contrast or not.Bit 2 => Supports Saturation or not.Bit 3 => Supports Sharpness or not.
wdrpro_mode	0, 1, 2	0/7	0: Non-support WDR Pro1: Support WDR Pro2: Support WDR Pro and WDR Pro II
wdrpro_strength	0, 1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning strength of WDR Pro1: Support tuning strength of WDR Pro* If"capability_image_c_wdrpro"=1, this may be either 0 or 1.
wdrpro_supportlevel	0,	0/7	This contains a list of positive integers, split by comma.If "wdrpro_mode" =1, then the value indicate the support strength level of WDR Pro.If "wdrpro_mode" =2, then the first number indicate the support strength level of WDR Pro, and the scecond number indicate the support strength level of WDR Pro II.
wdrpro_affect	-,exposurewin.mode:fixed:auto,exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:,aespeed:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,exposurelevel:fixed:,exposurelevel:ranged:-,exposuremode:fixed:auto:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When	WDR Pro or WDR Enhanced is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a givenvalue. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* When "wdrpro"=0 and "wdrc"=0, this must be "-"
wdrpro_description		0/7	Description about WDR Pro mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro_mode" > 0
wdrc_mode	0, 1	0/7	0: Non-support WDR Enhanced1: Support WDR Enhanced
wdrc_supportlevel	0,	0/7	Indicate the support strength level ofWDR Enhanced.
wdrc_affect -,	exposurewin.mode:fixed:auto,exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:,aespeed:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,exposurelevel:fixed:,exposurelevel:ranged:-,exposuremode:fixed:auto: nonnegative integer:	0/7 When	WDR Pro or WDR Enhanced is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposure level is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* When "wdrpro" = 0 and "wdrc" = 0, this must be "-"
dnreis 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support electronic image	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support 3D digital noise reduction1: Support 3D digital noise reductionstabilizer1: Support electronic image stabilizer
is_mode eis,	dis,-	0/7 Indicate the image stabilizer mode."eis": electronic image stabilizer"dis": digital image stabilizer"-": not support* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
is_strength		0/7	0: Non-support tuning strength of image stabilizer mode.1: Support tuning strength of image stabilizer mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c_is_mode" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
is_supportlevel	0,	0/7	Indicate the support strength level of image stabilizer mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c_is_mode" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
is_affect -,	minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:,wdrpro:unchanged:,3dnr:unchanged:,or others:x>: nonnegative integer	0/7 When Is mode is not "-", some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value"
	"Policy"	can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when "capability_image_c_is_mode" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
scenemode_support 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support scene mode
scenemode_supporttype	visibility, noiseless, lpcparkinglot, lpcstreet	0/7 list all the scene mode which are supported in the camera.* Only available when "capability_image_c-scenemode_support" is 1
scenemodeVisibility_ affect	-, minexposure:hidden:, mingain:hidden:, wdrpro:unchanged:, 3dnr:unchanged:, or others:. nonnegative integer:	0/7 When scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_supporttype" and "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_support" is 1
scenemode_noiseless_aff	-,	0/7 When scene mode is enabled, some

ect	minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:,wdrpro:unchanged:,3dnr:unchanged:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>		features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_supporttype " and "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_support" is 1
scenemode_lpcparkinglot _affect	-,minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:, wdrpro:unchanged:, 3dnr:unchanged:, or others:. nonnegative integer:	0/7 When	scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction orbe forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_supporttype " and "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_support" is 1
scenemode_lpcstreet_ affect	-, minexposure:hidden:, mingain:hidden:,wdrpro:unchanged:,3dnr:unchanged:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When	scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. Theaffected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_supporttype " and "capability_image_c< n>_ scenemode_support" is 1
wbmode auto,	manual,rbgain,widerange,	0/7 Available white balance mode."-" means white balance is not supported.
	outdoor, indoor,sodiumauto,-
iristype piris,	dciris,-	0/7 Indicate iris type."piris": P-Iris"dciris": DC-Iris"-": No Iris control support* Note: For some cameras, this value may be varied depending on mounted lens.
sensortype rawsensor,	smartsensor	0/7 Indicate sensor type."rawsensor": Raw sensor"smartsensor": Smart sensor* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_mode	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support exposure control.1: Support exposure control.
exposure_modetype auto,	shutterpriority,irispriority,manual	0/7 Available mode of exposure setting.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_rangetype onevalue,twovalues		0/7 Support interface of exposure range."onevalue": The parameter is a constant value."twovalues": Need two parameters to indicate the exposure range.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_shuttervaluetype	fixed,maximum,-	0/7 * One to one mapping to the mode type in "exposure_modetype"."fixed": The shutter value is the assigned value(videoin_cShuttervalue)."maximum": The shutter value can
			be up to the assigned value (videoin_cShuttervalue)."-": not support.* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_gainvaluetype fixed, maximum, -		0/7 * One	to one mapping to the mode type in "exposure_modetype". "fixed": The shutter value is the assigned value (videoin_cGainvalue). "maximum": The shutter value can be up to the assigned value (videoin_cGainvalue)"-": not support.* Only available when "capability_image_cExposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_automode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,or others: nonnegative integer:	0/7 When	exposure mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status asbefore anduser can't change it.-(hidden): UI is hidden.-(fixed): UI is fixed to one selection or value.-(ranged): UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when auto is listed in "capability_image_c<n>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c<n>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_shutterpriority mode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When	exposure mode is enabled,some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when shutterpriority is listed in "capability_image_c< n>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c< n>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_irisprioritymode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,or others	0/7 When	exposure mode is enabled,some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value"

	< x>: nonnegative integer< product dependent> "Policy"	can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when irispriority is listed in "capability_image_c< n>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c< n>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_manualmode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,	0/7 When exposure mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.

	exposurelevel:hidden:, or others< x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>		The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when manual is listed in "capability_image_c_ exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c_ exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_levelrange -,	"0,12"	0/7 Available range for"videoin_c__exposurelevel"
			* When "exposure_mode"=0, this must be set to "-".
exposure_winmode auto,	custom,blc,-	0/7 Available options for "exposurewin_c<na mode"* "-" means group: exposurewin is not supported.* When exposure_mode="0", this must be set to "-".
exposure_wintype inclusive,	exclusive,-	0/7 The supported exposure window type.inclusive: The image inside a window is the target area of exposure control.exclusive: The image inside a window is omitted by exposure control.:-: Not supported.
exposure_windomain	qvga, px, std, -	0/7	The domain to set an exposure window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole imagepx: Locate a window in the image with pixels.std: A normalized 0~9999 range.:-: Not supported.
exposure_winnum	0,	0/7	Indicate the number of custom exposure windows.* If no "custom" is listed in "exposure_winmode", this should be 0.
exposure_ntsc_totalrange	A list of	0/7 Available total range for NTSC analog output* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
exposure_pal_totalrange	A list of	0/7 Available total range for PAL analog output* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
exposure_maxrange "1,32000","1,8000",		0/7 Available range for "videoin_cmaxexposure"
	-,or others		"1,32000" => 1s ~ 1/32000s"1,8000" => 1s ~ 1/8000setc."-" means maximum exposure time is not available.* When "exposure_mode"=0, this must be set to "-".
exposure_minrange "1,32000", "1,8000", -, or others	0/7 Available range for"videoin_cminexposure""1,32000" => 1s ~ 1/32000s"1,8000" => 1s ~ 1/8000setc."-" means minimum exposure time is not available.* When "exposure_mode"=0, this must be set to "-".
privacymask_wintype rectangle,polygon,3Drectangle	0/7 The supported mask window type.polygon: The window is a 2D polygon shape.rectangle: The window is a 2D rectangle shape.3Drectangle: The window is a 3D rectangle shape.
privacymask_windomain	qvga, px, std, -	0/7	The domain to set an window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole imagepx: Locate a window in the image with pixels.std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.
privacymask_ncolor		0/7 Available total color numbers of privacy mask.
agc_maxgain "0,100", "-"	0/7 Available range for"videoin_cmaxgain""0,100" => 0~100 percent "-" means "videoin_cmaxgain" is not available.
agc_mingain	"0,100",	0/7	Available range for
	"-" "videoin_c__mingain"		"0,100" => 0~100 percent "-" means "videoin_c__mingain" is not available.
flickerless	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support flickerless1: Support flickerless
flickerlessaffect -,	minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When flickerless is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.
			* When "flickerless" = 0, this must be "-"
defog_mode 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support defog			1: Support defog
defog_strength	0, 1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning strength of defog1: Support tuning strength of defog* If"capability_image_c__defog_mode"=1, this may be either 0 or 1.
defog_supportlevel	0,	0/7	The value indicate the support strength level of defog.
defog_affect -,	wdrpro:unchanged:, or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When defog is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as"exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as	defog is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Value""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (nanged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as"exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word aswell, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* When "defog" = 0, this must be "-"
aespeed 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support AE speed			1: Support AE speed
aespeedsupportlevel		0/7	The value indicate the support strength level of aespeed.* Only available when "capability_image_c<aespeed" is 1.
gammacurve	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning Gamma curve1: Support tuning Gamma curve
lowlightmode	-,0,1	0/7	-: Internal parameter, must not open to user.0: Non-support low light mode1: Support low light mode
backfocus	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support back focus1: Support back focus
focusassist	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support focus assist1: Support focus assist
remotefocus	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support remote focus1: Support remote focus
focuswindomain	qvga, px, std, -	0/7	The domain to set an focus window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole imagepx: Locate a window in the image with pixels.std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.
lensconfiguration_support	0,1	0/7	Indicate whether to support different image library configuration files for specific exchangeable lens.
freeze		0/7	0: Non-support image freeze feature1: Support image freeze feature* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
autotrack_support		0/7	0: Non-support auto tracking feature1: Support auto tracking feature* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.

Group: capability_smartsensor_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

("capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_sensortype" is "smartsensor")

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
iristotalrange A list of iris value 0/7 Available total step for iris value.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.

Group: capability_peripheral_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
waterspray_support <boolean>	0/7 0: Non-support water spray feature
wiper_support <boolean>	0/7 0: Non-support wiper feature		1: Support wiper feature* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.

7.26 Customized event script

Group: event_customtaskfile_i<0\~2>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Custom script identification of this entry.
date string[4~20] 6/6 Date of custom script.
time string[4~20] 6/6 Time of custom script.

7.27 Event setting

Group: event_i<0\~2>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Identification of this entry.
enable 0, 1 6/6 Enable or disable this event.
priority 0, 1, 2 6/6 Indicate the priority of this event:			"0" = low priority"1" = normal priority"2" = high priority
delay	1~999 6/6 Delay in seconds before detecting the next event.
trigger	boot,di,pir,motion,seq,recnotify,tampering,vi,volalarm,visignal,vadp,smartsd	6/6 Indicate the trigger condition:"boot" = System boot"di" = Digital input"pir" = PIR detection"motion" = Video motion detection"seq" = Periodic condition"visignal" = Video input signal loss."recnotify" = Recording notification."tampering" = Tamper detection."vi" = Virtual input (Manual trigger)"volalarm" = Audio detection"smartsd" = Lifetime detection of SD card
triggerstatus	string[40] 6/6 The status for event trigger
di 0,6/6 Indicate the source id of di trigger. This field is required when trigger condition is "di". One bit represents one digital input. The LSB indicates DI 0.
mdwin 0,6/6 Indicate the source window id of motion detection. This field is required when trigger condition is "md". One bit represents one window. The LSB indicates the 1^st window. For example, to detect the 1^st and 3^rd windows, set mdwin as 5.
mdwin0 0,6/6 Similar to mdwin. The parameter takes effect when profile 1 of motion detection is enabled.
vi 0,6/6 Indicate the source id of vi trigger. This field is required when trigger condition is "vi". One bit represents one digital input. The LSB indicates VI 0.
vadp0,6/6 Indicate the source id of vadp event notification. Each bit corresponds to one vadp source, and the LSB indicates source id 0. For example, to detect event from any one of source id 0, 1 and 3, set vadp to 11. * Only available when vadp is listed in "capability_supporttriggertypes"
valevel 0,1 6/6 Select audio detection event.			0: not select 1: select
valevel0 0,1 6/6 Select audio detection profile event.			0: not select 1: select
inter 1~999 6/6 Interval of snapshots in minutes.			This field is used when trigger condition is "seq".
weekday 0~127 6/6 Indicate which weekday is scheduled.			One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66.
begintime hh:mm 6/6 Begin time of the weekly schedule.
endtime hh:mm 6/6 End time of the weekly schedule.			(00:00 ~ 24:00 sets schedule as always on)
lowlightcondition	0, 1 6/6 Switch on white light LED in low light condition
<product dependent>	6/6 Enable or disable trigger digital output.* Only available when "capability_ndo" > 0
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_enable	6/6 Enable or disable the digital output trigger in seconds.* Only available when "capability_ndo" > 0
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_duration	1~999 6/6 Duration of the digital output trigger in seconds.* Only available when "capability_ndo" > 0
action_cf_enable	6/6 Enable or disable sending media to SD card.
action_cf_folder	string[128]	6/6 Path to store media.
action_cf_media	NULL, 0~4,101	6/6 Index of the attached media.101 means "Recording Notify"
action_cf_datefolder	6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.
action_cf_backup	6/6 Enable enable or disable this server action.
action_server_i<0~4>_enable	6/6 Enable or disable this server action.
action_server_i<0~4>_media	NULL, 0~4,101	6/6 Index of the attached media.101 means "Recording Notify"
action_server_i<0~4>_datefolder	6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.
action_goto_enable		6/6 Enable /disable ptz goto preset position on event triggered.* Only available when capability_ptzenabled > 0.
action_goto_nameproduct dependent>	string[40] 6/6 Specify the preset	name that ptz goto on event triggered.* Only available when capability_ptzenabled > 0.

7.28 Server setting for event action

Group: server_i<0\~4>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Identification of this entry
type	email,ftp,http,ns	6/6 Indicate the server type:"email" = email server"ftp" = FTP server"http" = HTTP server"ns" = network storage
http_url string[128] 6/6 URL of the HTTP server to upload.
http_username string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
http_passwd string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
ftp_address string[128] 6/6 FTP server address.
ftp_username	string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
ftp_passwd	string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
ftp_port	0~65535	6/6 Port to connect to the server.
ftp_location string[128] 6/6 Location to upload or store the media.
ftp_passive	6/6 Enable or disable passive mode.0 = disable passive mode1 = enable passive mode
email_address	string[128] 6/6 Email server address.
email_sslmode	6/6 Enable support SSL.
email_port	0~65535	6/6 Port to connect to the server.
email_username	string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
email_passwd string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
email_senderemail	string[128] 6/6 Email address of the sender.
email_recipientemail	string[640] 6/6 Email address of the recipient.
ns_location	string[128]	6/6	Location to upload or store the media.
ns_username string[64] 6/6	Username to log in to	the server.
ns_passwd string[64] 6/6	Password of the user.
ns_workgroup string[64] 6/6	Workgroup for network storage.

7.29 Media setting for event action

Group: media_i<0\~4>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Identification of this entry
type	snapshot,systemlog,videoclip,recordmsg	6/6 Media	type to send to the server orstore on the server.
snapshot_source	0~"capability_nmediastream -1"	6/6	Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc.
snapshot_prefix	string[16] 6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename		media_i0=> Snapshot1_media_i1=> Snapshot2_media_i2=> Snapshot3_media_i3=> Snapshot4_media_i4=> Snapshot5_
snapshot_datesuffix	0, 1	6/6	Add date and time suffix to filename:1 = Add date and time suffix.0 = Do not add.
snapshot_preevent	0~"capability_media_snapshot_maxpreevent"	6/6 Indicates the number of pre-event images.
snapshot_postevent	0~"capability_media_snapshot_maxpostevent"	6/6 Indicates the number of post-event images.
videoclip_source	0~"capability_nmediastream -1"	6/6	Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and etc.2 means the third stream and etc.3 means the fourth stream and etc.

videoclip_prefix string[16]	6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename.
videoclip_preevent 0 ~ "capability_media_videoclip_maxpre event"	6/6 Indicates the time for pre-event recording in seconds.
videoclip_maxduration 1 ~ "capability_media_videoclip_maxlength"	6/6 Maximum duration of one video clip in seconds.
videoclip_maxsize 50 ~ "capability_media_videoclip_maxsize"	6/6 Maximum size of one video clip file in Kbytes.

7.30 Recording

Group: recording_i<0\~1>

PARAMETER VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6	Identification of this entry.
trigger	schedule,networkfail	6/6 The event trigger typeschedule: The event is triggered by schedule networkfail: The event is triggered by the failure of network connection.
enable	6/6 Enable or disable this recording.
priority	0, 1, 2	6/6 Indicate the priority of this recording:"0" indicates low priority."1" indicates normal priority."2" indicates high priority.
sourcemaxretentiontime	0~"capability_nmediastream-1"	6/6	Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and so on.To specify the expired time for automatic clean up, and it only takes effect for video clip generated by recording_i <0~1>.Format is“P[Y]Y[MM]M[DDD]DT[hh]H[mm]M[ss]S”, similar with ISO8601 with symbols PEx. P7D, it means 7 days. P1DT10H, it means 1 days and 10 hours.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_maxretentiontime_recording_enabled is enabled.
limitsize	6/6 0: Entire free space mechanism		1: Limit recording size mechanism
cyclic	6/6 0: Disable cyclic recording		1: Enable cyclic recording
notify	6/6 0: Disable recording notification		1: Enable recording notification
notifyserver 0~31	6/6 Indicate which notification server is		scheduled.One bit represents one application server (server_i0~i4).bit0 (LSB) = server_i0.bit1 = server_i1.bit2 = server_i2.bit3 = server_i3.bit4 = server_i4.For example, enable server_i0, server_i2, and server_i4 as notification servers; the notifyserver value is 21.
weekday 0~127 6/6	Indicate which weekday is scheduled.		One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66.
begintime hh:mm 6/6	Start time of the weekly schedule.
endtime hh:mm 6/6	End time of the weekly schedule.		(00:00~24:00 indicates schedule always on)
prefix string[16] 6/6	Indicate the prefix of the filename.
cyclesize 100~ 6/6	The maximum size for cycle recording in		Kbytes when choosing to limit recording size.
reserveamount	0~15000000 6/6 The reserved amount in Mbytes when choosing cyclic recording mechanism.
dest	cf,0~4	6/6 The destination to store the recorded data."cf" means local storage (CF or SD card)."0" means the index of the network storage.
cffder string[128]	6/6 Folder name.
maxsize 100~2000	6/6 Unit: Mega bytes.		When this condition is reached, recording file is truncated.
maxduration	60~3600	6/6	Unit: SecondWhen this condition is reached, recording file is truncated.
adaptive_enable		6/6	Indicate whether the adaptive recording is enabled
adaptive_preevent	0~9	6/6	Indicate when is the adaptive recording started before the event trigger point (seconds)
adaptive_postevent	0~10	6/6	Indicate when is the adaptive recording stopped after the event trigger point (seconds)

7.31 HTTPS

Group: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 To	enable or disable secure HTTP.
policy6/6 If the value is 1, it will force HTTP connection
method	auto, manual, install	6/6 auto =>	Create self-signed certificate automatically. manual =>Create self-signed certificate manually. install =>Create certificate request and install.
status -3 ~ 1 6/6 Specify	the https status.		-3= Certificate not installed-2 = Invalid public key-1 = Waiting for certificate0= Not installed1 = Active
countryname string[2] 6/6	Country name in the certificate information.
stateorprovincename	string[128]	6/6	State or province name in the certificate information.
localityname	string[128]	6/6	The locality name in thecertificate information.
organizationname	string[64] VIVOTEK Inc.	6/6 Organization name in the certificate information.
unit	string[64] VIVOTEK Inc.	6/6 Organizational unit name in thecertificate information.
commonname	string[64] www.vivotek.com	6/6 Common name in the certificate information.
validdays	0 ~ 3650	6/6 Valid period for the certification.

7.32 Storage management setting

Group: disk_i<0\~(n-1)> n is the total number of storage devices. (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)

Currently it's only for local storage (SD, CF card), so n is equal to 1.

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cyclic_enabled	6/6 Enable cyclic storage method.
autocleanup_enabled	6/6 Enable automatic clean up method.Expired and not locked media files will be deleted.* For forward compatibility reservations, but only group disk_i0_autocleanup is effective.* Not recommended to use this. Please refers "autocleanup" group.* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
autocleanup_maxage	6/6 To specify the expired days for automatic cleanup.* For forward compatibility reservations, but only group disk_i0_autocleanup is effective.* Not recommended to use this. Please refers "autocleanup" group.* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

Group: autocleanup (capability.localstorage.supportedge > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enabled6/6 Enable automatic clean up method.Expired and not locked media files will be deleted.	Enable automatic clean up method.
maxretentiontime_recording_enabled6/6 Enable automatic clean up method for video clip generated by recording task.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_enabled is enabled.	6/6 Enable automatic clean up method for video clip generated by recording task.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_enabled is enabled.	automatic	clean up method for video clip generated by recording task.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_enabled is enabled.

maxretentiontime_recording_i <0~1>_maxage		6/6 To specify the expired time for automatic cleanup, and it only takes effect for video clip generated by recording_i <0~1>.Format is"P[Y]Y[MM]M[DDD]DT[hh]H[mm]M[ss]S', similar with ISO8601 with symbols PEx. P7D, it means 7 days. P1DT10H, it means 1 days and 10 hours.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_maxretentiontime_recording_enabled is enabled.
maxretentiontime_others_enabled		6/6 Enable automatic clean up method for all media files except media files generated by recording task.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_enabled is enabled.
maxretentiontime_others_maxage		6/6 To specify the expired time for automatic cleanup, and it takes effect for all media files except media files generated by recording task.Format is"P[Y]Y[MM]M[DDD]DT[hh]H[mm]M[ss]S', similar with ISO8601 with symbols PEx. P7D, it means 7 days. P1DT10H, it means 1 days and 10 hours.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_maxretentiontime_others_enabled is enabled.

7.33 Region of interest

Group: roi_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product. (capability.eptz > 0)

m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream".

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
s<0~(m-2)>_home		1/6 ROI left-top corner coordinate.* If the minimal window size is 64x64, then the "win_i0_home"=(0~resolution_W-64, 0~resolution_H-64), which the resolution is the value in current stream.
s<0~(m-2)>_size		1/6 ROI width and height. The width value must be multiples of 16 and the height value must be multiples of 8* The minimal window size is 64x64
s<_home		1/7 ROI left-top corner coordinate.* If the minimal window size is 64x64, then the "win_i0_home"=(0~resolution_W-64, 0~resolution_H-64), which the resolution is the value in current stream.
s<_size		1/7 ROI width and height. The width value must be multiples of 16 and the height value must be multiples of 8* The minimal window size is 64x64

7.34 ePTZ setting

Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product. (capability.eptz > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
osdzoom	1/4 Indicates multiple		of zoom in is "on-screen display" or not.* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0302a* We replace "eptz_c<0~(n-1)>_osdzoom" with "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_zoomratiodisplay".
smooth 1/4 Enable the ePTZ "move smoothly" feature
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/7 Tilt speed			(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/7 Pan speed			(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
zoomspeed -5 ~ 5 1/7 Zoom speed			(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
autospeed 1 ~ 5 1/7 Auto pan/patrol speed			(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
rotatespeed 1 ~ 5 1/7 Rotate speed (only for Fisheye series)			* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1 and "capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<n>" is 0(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)

Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)> for n channel product and m is the number of streams which support ePTZ. (capability.eptz > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
patrolseq string[120] 1/4	The patrol sequence of e	PTZ. All the position indexes will be separated by ","
patroldwelling string[160]	1/4 The dwelling time (unit: second) of each patrol point, separated by ",".
preset_i<0~19>_name	string[40]	1/7 Name of ePTZ preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
preset_i<0~19>_pos		1/7 Left-top corner coordinate of the preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
preset_i<0~19>_size		1/7 Width and height of the preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)

7.35 Focus Window setting

Group: focuswindow_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin".

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_backfocus=1 or capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_remotefocus=1)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
win_i0_enable	4/4 Enable or disable the window.
win_i0_home		4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* If the minimal window size is 192x144, then the "win_i0_home"=(0~resolution_W-192, 0~resolution_H-144), which the resolution is the value in current stream.
win_i0_size		4/4 Width and height of the window.* The minimal window size is 192x144

7.36 Seamless recording setting

Group: seamlessrecording (capability.localstorage.seamless> 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
diskmode	seamless, manageable	1/6 "seamless" indicates enable seamless recording. "manageable" indicates disable seamless recording.
maxconnection 3 1/7 Max	mum number of connected seamless streaming.
enable	1/7 Indicate whether seamless recording is recording to local storage or not at present. (Read only)
guid<0~2>_id	string[127]	1/7	The connected seamless streaming ID. (Read only)
guid<0~2>_number	0~3	1/7	Number of connected seamless streaming with guid<0~2>_id. (Read only)

7.37 VIVOTEK Application Development Platformsetting

Group: vadp

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
version6/7 Indicate the VADP version.
resource_total_memory	0,	6/7	Indicate total available memory size for VADP modules.
resource_total_storage	0,	6/7	Indicate total size of the internal storage space for storing VADP modules.
resource_free_memory	0,	6/7	Indicate free memory size for VADP modules.
resource_free_storage 0,6/7 Indicate current free storage size for uploading VADP modules.
module_number	0,	6/7	Record the total module number that already stored in the system.
module_order	string[40]	6/6	The execution order of the enabled modules.
module_save2sd		6/6	Indicate if the module should be saved to SD card when user want to upload it.If the value is false, save module to the internal storage space and it will occupy storage size.
number	string[128]	6/7	This number is used to register license key for VADP application.

Group: vadp_module_i<0\~(n-1)> for n VADP package number (capability_vadp_npackage > 0) n denotes the value of "capability_vadp_npackage".

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6	Indicate if the module is enabled or not. If yes, also add the index of this module to the module_order.
name	string[40]	6/6	Module name
extendedname	string[40]	6/6	Extended module name. If this value is not blank, it will be shown on the VADP UI first instead of vadp_module_i< n>_name.
url	string[120]	6/6	Define the URL string after the IP address if the module provides it own web page.
vendor	string[40]	6/6	The provider of the module.
vendorurl string[120] 6/6	URL of the vendor.
version string[40] 6/6 Version of the module.
license string[40] 6/6 Indicate the license status of the module.
licmsg string[128] 6/6 Indicate the message that will be show on license status when mouse over.
path string[40] 6/6 Record the storage path of the module.
initscr string[40] 6/6 The script that will handle operation commands from the system.
status string[40] 6/6 Indicate the running status of the module.
statmsg string[128] 6/6 Indicate the message that will be show on the running status when mouse over.
vvtklicensemec string[40]	6/7 Indicate the module use VIVO TEK license mechanism

Group: vadp_schedule_i<0\~(n-1)> for n VADP package number

n denotes the value of "capability_vadp_npackage".

(Only available when capability_vadp_npackage > 0 and the version number of "vadp_version" is equal or greater than 1.3.2.0)

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6	Enable or disable the schedule mode to control the execution of the VADP package
begintime	hh:mm	6/6	Begin time of the schedule
endtime	hh:mm	6/6	End time of the schedule

Group: vadp_event

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ntrigger	0,	6/7	Indicate the number of topics to be transferred to event manager for trigger.
triggerlist_i<0~(n-1)>_topic	string[256] 6/6 Indicate the event notification with this topic will be transferred to event manager as trigger. n is equal to ntrigger above.

7.38 camera PTZ control

Group: camctrl (capability.camctrl.ptztunnel > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enableptztunnel	1/4 Enable PTZ tunnel for camera control.

Group: camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.ptzenabled > 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Pan speed
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Tilt speed
zoomspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Zoom speed
focusspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto focus speed
patrolseq	string[120]	1/4 (For external device)The indexes of patrol points, separated by ", "
patroldwelling	string[160]	1/4 (For external device)The dwelling time of each patrol point,separated by ", "
preset_i<0~(capability_n preset -1)>_name	string[40]	1/4 Name of the preset location.
preset_i<0~(capability_n preset -1)>_dwelling	0 ~ 999	1/4 The dwelling time of each preset location
uart	0 ~(capability_nuart -1)	1/4 Select corresponding uart(capability.nuart>0).
cameraid	0~255 1/4	Camera ID controlling external PTZ camera.
isptz	0 ~ 2 1/4	0: disable PTZ commands.1: enable PTZ commands with PTZ driver.2: enable PTZ commands with UART tunnel.* Only available when bit7 ofcapability_ptzenabled is 1
disablemdonptz		1/4	Disable motion detection on PTZ operation.

7.39 camera PTZ control (SD series)

Group: camctrl (the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0 and the bit4 of capability_ptzenable is 1)

k denotes the value of "capability_npreset"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ccdtype string[16] 6/7	Internal used, read only)
motortype string[16] 6/7	Internal used, read only)
cameraid 1 ~ 255 1/4 Camera ID controlling external PTZ			camera.Note:Please set your speed dome to the appropriate baud rate, and Camera ID, e.g. 2400bps, camera ID 1,2,3,,,etc.All Camera IDs on the same controlling system (NVR or rs485 keyboard) have to be distinct.Therefore, once you send a controlling signal, each camera will only accept the inputs with the corresponding ID.
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Pan speed
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Tilt speed
zoomspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Zoom speed
autospeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto pan speed
focusspeed	-5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto focus speed
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_name	string[40] 1/4 Name of the preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_pan	capability_ptz_minpan ~capability_ptz_maxpan	1/4 Pan position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_tilt	capability_ptz_mintilt ~capability_ptz_maxtilt	1/4 Tilt position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_zoom	capability_ptz_minzoom ~capability_ptz_maxzoom	1/4 Zoom position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_focus	capability_ptz_minfocus ~capability_ptz_maxfocus	1/4 Focus position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_fliped	1/4 Flip side at each preset location.
patrol_i<0~39>_name	string[40] 1/4 (For internal device)		The name of patrol location
patrol_i<0~39>_dwelling	0 ~ 999 1/4 (For internal device)
			The dwelling time of each patrol location
disablemdonptz	1/4 Disable motion detection on PTZ		operation.
defaulthome	1/4 This field tells system to use default		home position or not.
axisx capability_ptz_minpan	~capability_ptz_maxpan	1/4 Custom	home pan position.
axisy capability_ptz_mintilt	~capability_ptz_maxtilt	1/4 Custom	home tilt position.
axisz capability_ptz_minzoom	~capability_ptz_maxzoom	1/4 Custom	home zoom position.
axisf capability_ptz_minfocus	~capability_ptz_maxfocus	1/4 Custom	home focus position.
axisflip	1/4 Custom home flip side.
returnhome	1/4 Enable/disable return home while idle.
returnhomeinterval 1~999	1/4 While idle over this time interval, idle		action will be taken.
digitalzoom	1/4 Enable/disable digital zoom
idleaction_enable	1/4 Enable/disable idle action while idle
idleaction_type	pan,patrol,home,objtrack, prev	1/4	This field tells what kind of action should be taken while idle.
idleaction_interval	1~999 1/4 While idle over this time interval, idle		action will be taken.
horizontalalignment	1/4 Once you enable this feature, a reference line will be visible when the camera tilt is under 0° or over 180° to help verify that the camera is mounted to a flat surface.
osdzoom	1/4 Show zoom ratio text on video.
zoomenhance		1/4	Enable / Disable zoom enhancement
tour_index	-1, 0~19	1/4	Index of the enabled tour group, from 0 to 19.Set -1 to disable all the tour groups.
tour_i<0~19>_name	string[40]	1/4	Name of the tour.
tour_i<0~19>_type	1/4 0 = Recorded tour		1 = Preset tour
tour_i<0~19>_speed	-5 ~ 5	1/4	Preset tour: pan and tilt speed when moving between presets.Recorded tour: unnecessary.

tour_i<0~19>_checklist	string[512] 1/4	The indexes of preset positions, separated by ", "
tour_i<0~19>_dwelltime	string[512] 1/4 Preset tour:	time to wait before moving to the next preset position, separated by ", " Recorded tour: number of seconds to wait before continuing a loop tour.

7.40 UART control

Group: uart (capability.nuart > 0 and capability.fisheye = 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_name	string[40] 1/4 Name of the PTZ driver.
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_location	string[128] 1/4 Full path of the PTZ driver.
enablehttptunnel <boolean> 1/4 Enable HTTP tunnel channel to control UART.

Group: uart_i<0\~(n-1)> n is uart port count (capability.nuart > 0 and capability.fisheye = 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
baudrate	110,300,600,1200,2400,3600,4800,7200,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200	4/4 Set baud rate of COM port.
databit	5,6,7,8	4/4 Data bits in a character frame.
paritybit	none,odd,even	4/4 For error checking.
stopbit	1,2	4/4	12-1.5 , data bit is 52-2
uartmode	rs485,rs232	4/4 RS485	or RS232.
customdrvcmd_i<0~9>	string[128] 1/4 PTZ	command for	custom camera.

speedlink_i<0~4>_name	string[40] 1/4 Additional PTZ command name.
speedlink_i<0~4>_cmd	string[40] 1/4 Additional PTZ command list.
ptzdriver	0~19,127 (custom),128 (no driver)	1/4 The PTZ driver is used by this COM port.

7.41 UART control (SD series)

Group: uart (capability.nuart > 0 and the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0, the bit4 of capability_ptzenable is 1)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cameraid 1~255 4/4 Camera ID controlling external PTZ camera.			Note:Please set your speed dome to the appropriate baud rate, and Camera ID, e.g. 2400bps, camera ID 1,2,3,,,etc.All Camera IDs on the same controlling system (NVR or rs485 keyboard) have to be distinct.Therefore, once you send a controlling signal, each camera will only accept the inputs with the corresponding ID.
baudrate	110,300,600,1200,2400,3600,4800,7200,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200	4/4 Set baud rate of COM port.
databit	5,6,7,8	4/4 Data bits in a character frame.
paritybit	none,odd,even	4/4 For error checking.
stopbit	1,2	4/4	12-1.5 , data bit is 52-2
uartmode	rs485	4/7 RS485	mode.

7.42 Lens configuration

Group: lens for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

(capability.image.c<0\~(n-1)> .lensconfiguration.support = 1)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
selected6/7 Current selected lens profile.			e.g. lens_selected=lens_default_i0, it means choosen lens configuration is i0 lens of default group.

Group: lens_default

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
totalnumbers 0,<positive integer> 6/7 Totoal support number of the default lens profiles

Group: lens_user

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
totalnumbers	0,	6/7	Totoal support number of the user lens profiles

Group: lens_default_i<0\~(n-1)> n is lens_default_totalnumbers

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name		6/7 Default lens name

Group: lens_user_i<0\~(n-1)> n is lens_user_totalnumbers

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name		6/7 User-defined lens name

7.43 Fisheye info

Group: fisheyeinfo (capability.fisheye > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
revisedcenteraxis6/7 The actual center axis coordinate
radius 0,integer>		6/7 The actual center radius

7.44 Fisheye local dewarp setting

Group: fisheyedewarp_c<0\~(n-1)>(capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0\~(capability_nvideoin)-1>>0) n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
panspeed -5 ~ 5		1/4 Pan speed of regional view
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5		1/4 Tilt speed of regional view
zoomspeed -5 ~ 5		1/4 Zoom speed of regional
s<0~(m-2)>_panorama_panstart	0~359	1/4 Initial pan position of panorama view.(only available for 1P and 2P mode at ceiling or floor mount)
s<0~(m-2)>_region_pan	-90~359	1/4 Pan home angle of regional viewPan range of ceiling/floor mount is [0~359].Pan range of wall mount is [-90~90].
s<0~(m-2)>_region_tilt	-90~90	1/4 Tilt home angle of regional viewTilt range of ceiling/floor mount is [0~90].Tilt range of wall mount is [-90~90].
s<0~(m-2)>_region_zoom	100~300	1/4 Zoom home ratio of regional view

7.45 PIR behavior define

Group: pir (capability.npir > 0)

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		1/1	Enable/disable PIR

7.46 Auto tracking setting

Group: autotrack (capability_image_c<0\~(capability_nvideoin)-1>_autotrack_support > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
objsize_type -1~2 1/4 Type of object size.			-1:customized width and height0:object size = 30 x 301:object size = 10 x 202:object size = 10 x 10
objsize_customized_width	10~320 1/4	The	minimum width of tracking target.
objsize_customized_height	10~240 1/4	The minimum height of tracking target.
sensitivity 0~2	1/4 Tracking sensitivity.		0:Low1:Medium2:High

8. Useful Functions

8.1 Drive the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=<state>[&do2=<state>][&do3=<state>][&do4=<state>] 

Where state is 0 or 1; "0" means inactive or normal state, while "1" means active or triggered state.

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
do<num> 0, 1 0	- Inactive, normal state
		1 - Active, triggered state

Example: Drive the digital output 1 to triggered state and redirect to an empty page.

http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=1 

8.2 Query Status of the Digital Input(capability.ndi > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?[di0][&di1][&di2][&di3] 

If no parameter is specified, all of the digital input statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[di0=<state>]\r\n
[di1=<state>]\r\n
[di2=<state>]\r\n
[di3=<state>]\r\n 

where can be 0 or 1.

Example: Query the status of digital input 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?di1
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: 7\r\n
\r\n
di1=1\r\n 

8.3 Query Status of the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?[do0][&do1][&do2][&do3] 

If no parameter is specified, all the digital output statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[do0=<state>]\r\n
[do1=<state>]\r\n
[do2=<state>]\r\n
[do3=<state>]\r\n 

where can be 0 or 1.

Example: Query the status of digital output 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?do1
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: 7\r\n 

\r\n do1=1\r\n 

8.4 Capture Single Snapshot

Note: This request requires Normal User privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg?[channel=<value>]&resolution=<value>]&quality=<value>]&streamid=<value> 

If the user requests a size larger than all stream settings on the server, this request will fail.

PARAMETER VALUE DEFA		ULT	DESCRIPTION
channel 0~(n-1)	0 The channel number of the video source.
resolution	IP8165:(160~640, 120~360)IP8155:(160~1280, 120~1024)	0 The resolution of the image.
quality 1~5 3	The quality of the image.
streamid 0~(m-1)	2 The stream number.

The server will return the most up-to-date snapshot of the selected channel and stream in JPEG format. The size and quality of the image will be set according to the video settings on the server.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: image/jpeg\r\n
[Content-Length: <image size>\r\n]
<binary JPEG image data> 

8.5 Account Management

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/editaccount.cgi?

method=<value>&username=[&userpass=<value>][&privilege=<value>][&privilege=<value>][...][&return=<return page>]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
method Add Add an account to the server.		When using this method, the"username" field is necessary. It will use the default value of other fields if not specified.
		Delete Remove an account from the server. When using this method, the "username" field is necessary, and others are ignored.
		edit Modify the account password and privilege. When using this method, the"username" field is necessary, and other fields are optional. If not specified, it will keep the original settings.
username	The name of the user	to add, delete, or edit.
userpass	The password of the new user to add or that of the old user to modify.The default value is an empty string.
Privilege		The privilege of the user to add or to modify.
	viewer	Viewer privilege.
	operator Operator privilege.
	admin	Administrator privilege.
Return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.6 System Logs

Note: This request require Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/syslog.cgi 

Server will return the most up-to-date system log.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <syslog length>\r\n
\r\n
<system log information>\r\n 

8.7 Upgrade Firmware

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upgrade.cgi 

Post data:

fimage=<file name>[&return=<return page>]\r\n\r\n<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upgrade the firmware and return with if indicated.

8.8 ePTZ Camera Control (capability.eptz > 0 and

capability\_fisheye = 0)

Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&w=<value>&h=<value>&resolution=<value>] - Zoom in, out on a specific area
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&vx=2&vy=2&vz=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&x=100&y=100&videosize=640x480&resolution=640x480&stretch=0 

In zoom operation, there are two ways to control it, scale zoom and area zoom.

1. [Scale zoom]: contains two control method, relative movement and continuous movement
a. relative movement -
If you trigger a relative movement, it will only zoom certain ratio and stop by itself.
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zoom=tele
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zoom=wide
The zoom ratio to move by relative movement is according to the setting of speedzoom [-5~5].
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&speedzoom=5
b. continuous movement -
If you trigger a continuous movement, you have to handle the stop time by yourself.
A continuous movement is convenient to integrate a joystick control.
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zooming=tele&zs=1 

http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zooming=wide&zs=5

zooming is used to indicate the moving direction, and zs is used to indicate the speed.

To stop a continuous movement, you have to use the command as below:

http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zoom=stop&zs=0

1. [Area zoom]: it means to zoom in on a specific area, here is an example for a directly moving

[x, y] is the desired coordinate, and it will be the center after movement

[w, h] is the scaled area size

[resolution] is the base range of this coordinate system

The example shows [w, h] = [864, 488] , which means to zoom in to ratio x2.2 based on [1920 × 1080] .

Pay attention to that [x, y, w, h] are essential parameters in an area zoom case, and the stream index is counted from 0 as the first stream.

http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&x=912&y=297&w=864&h=488&resolution=1920x1080

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)	> Channel of video source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
move home Move	to home ROI.
	up Move up.
	down Move down.
	left Move left.
	right Move right.
auto pan	Auto pan.
	patrol	Auto patrol.
	stop	Stop auto pan/patrol.
zoom	wide	Zoom larger view with current speed.
	tele	Zoom further with current speed.
zooming	wide or tele	Zoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs	0 ~ 6 Set the speed of	zooming, "0" means stop.
x	The desired coordinate, and it will be the center after movement
y
w		The scaled area size
h
resolutionvxThe	direction of movement,	The resolution of streaming.used for joystick control.
vy
vs 0 ~ 7 Set the speed of movement, "0"		means stop.
xx-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
yy-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosizeThe size of plug-in (ActiveX)window in web page
resolutionThe resolution of streaming.
stretch		0 indicates that it usesresolution(streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it usesvideosize(plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
speedpan -5 ~ 5	Set the pan speed.
speedtilt -5 ~ 5	Set the tilt speed.
speedzoom -5 ~ 5	Set the zoom speed.
speedapp 1 ~ 5	Set the auto pan/patrol speed.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path.

8.9 ePTZ Recall (capability.eptz > 0 and capability\_fisheye = 0)

Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eRecall.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>&recall=<value>[&return=<return page>] 

PARAMETER	VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel	<0~(n-1)>	Channel of the video source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.

recall Text string less than 40 characters	One of the present positions to recall.
return	Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path.

8.10 ePTZ Preset Locations(capability.eptz > 0 and

capability\_fisheye = 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://

/cgi-bin/operator/ePreset.cgi?channel=&stream=<value>[&addpos=<value>][&delpos=<value>][&return=<return page>]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of the video	source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
addpos	ing less than40 characters>	Add one preset location to the preset list.
delpos	ing less than40 characters>	Delete preset location from the preset list.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path.

8.11 IP Filtering

Note: This request requires Administrator access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add&ip=[&index=][&return=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del&index=[&return=]
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
type NULL Get IP filter type
method addv4 Add IPv4 address into access list.
ipSingle address:Network address:Range address:
indexThe start position to add or to delete.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.12 IP Filtering for ONVIF

Syntax:

http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add&ip=[&index=][&return=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del&index=[&return=]
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
type NULL Get IP filter type

method adv4 Add IPv4 address into access list.
addv6 Add IPv6 address into access list.
delv4 Delete IPv4 address from access list.
delv6 Delete IPv6 address from access list.
ipSingle address:Network address:Range address:	Single address:Network address:Range address:
indexThe start position to add or to delete.
return

8.13 UART HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=<value>]

GET /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=<value>]

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma: no-cache

cache-control: no-cache

POST /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma : no-cache

cache-control : no-cache

content-length: 32767

expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT 

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through a proxy server.

This channel will help to transfer the raw data of UART over the network.

Please see UART tunnel spec for detail information

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel 0 ~ (n-1)	The channel number of	UART.

8.14 Event/Control HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.

evctrlchannel > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
GET /cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma: no-cache
cache-control: no-cache
POST /cgi-bin/admin/ ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma : no-cache
cache-control : no-cache
content-length: 32767
expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT 

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through the proxy server.

This channel will help perform real-time event subscription and notification as well as camera control more efficiently. The event and control formats are described in another document.

See Event/control tunnel spec for detail information

8.15 Get SDP of Streams

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

"m" is the stream number.

"network_accessname_<0\~(m-1)>” is the accessname for stream "1" to stream "m". Please refer to the

"subgroup of network: rtsp" for setting the accessname of SDP.

You can get the SDP by HTTP GET.

When using scalable multicast, Get SDP file which contains the multicast information via HTTP.

8.16 Open the Network Stream

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

For RTSP (MP4), the user needs to input theURL below into an RTSP compatible player.

|rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

“m” is the stream number.

For details on streaming protocol, please refer to the "control signaling" and "data format" documents.

8.17 Senddata (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/viewer/senddata.cgi?

[com=][&data=][&flush=] [&wait=] [&read=]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
com 1 ~ <max. com port number>		The target COM/RS485 port number.
data <hex decimal data>[,<hex decimal data>]		The <hex decimal data> is a series of digits from 0 ~ 9, A ~ F. Each comma separates the commands by 200 milliseconds.
flush yes,no yes:	Receive data buffer of the COM port will be cleared before read.no: Do not clear the receive data buffer.
wait	1 ~ 65535	Wait time in milliseconds before read data.
read	1 ~ 128	The data length in bytes to read. The read data will be in the return page.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\nContent-Type: text/plain\r\nContent-Length: <system information length>\r\n\r\n<hex decimal data>\r\n

Where hexadecimal data is digits from 0 \~ 9, A \~ F.

8.18 Storage managements (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)

Note: This request requires administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=<cmd_type>[&<parameter>=<value>...] 

The commands usage and their input arguments are as follows.

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
cmd_type		Required.Command to be executed, including search, insert, delete, update, and queryStatus.

Command: search

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
label	Optional.	The integer primary key column will automatically be assigned a unique integer.
triggerType		Optional.Indicate the event trigger type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='motion'Support trigger types are product dependent.
mediaType		Optional.Indicate the file media type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='videoclip'Support trigger types are product dependent.
destPath		Optional.Indicate the file location in camera.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. destPath='/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/abc.mp4'
resolution		Optional.Indicate the media file resolution.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. resolution='800x600'
isLocked		Optional.Indicate if the file is locked or not.0: file is not locked.1: file is locked.A locked file would not be removed from UI or cyclic storage.
triggerTime		Optional.Indicate the event trigger time. (not the file created time)Format is "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'If you want to search for a time period, please apply "TO" operation.Ex. triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'+TO+'2008-01-0123:59:59' is to search for records from the start of Jan 1^st 2008to the end of Jan 1^st 2008.
limit	Optional.	Limit the maximum number of returned search records.
offset	Optional.	Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Note that the offset keyword is used after limit keyword.

To increase the flexibility of search command, you may use "OR" connectors for logical "OR" search operations. Moreover, to search for a specific time period, you can use "TO" connector.

Ex. To search records triggered by motion or di or sequential and also triggered between 2008-01-01 00:00:00 and 2008-01-01 23:59:59.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=search&triggerType='motion'+OR+'di'+OR+'seq'&triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'+TO+'2008-01-01 23:59:59' 

Command: delete

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
label <integer primary key> Required.		Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1

Ex. Delete records whose key numbers are 1, 4, and 8.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=delete&label=1&label=4&label=8 

Command: update

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
label <integer primary key> Required.		Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1
isLocked		Required.Indicate if the file is locked or not.

Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 1 and 5 to be locked status.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=1&label=1&label=5 

Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 2 and 3 to be unlocked status.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=0&label=2&label=3 

Command: queryStatus

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
retType xml or javascript	Optional.	Ex. retype=javascriptThe default return message is in XML format.

Ex. Query local storage status and call for javascript format return message.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=queryStatus&retType=javascript 

8.19 Virtual input (capability.nvi > 0)

Note: Change virtual input (manual trigger) status.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=[&vi1=][&vi2=]

[&return=]

PARAMETER	VALUE	DESCRIPTION
vi	state[(duration)nstate]Where "state" is 0, 1. "0" means inactive or normal state while "1" means active or triggered state.Where "nstate" is next state after duration.	Ex: vi0=1Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state
		Ex: vi0=0(200)1Setting virtual input 0 to normal state, waiting 200 milliseconds, setting it to trigger state.Note that when the virtual input is waiting for next state, it cannot accept new requests.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the request is completely assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

Return Code Description

200 The request is successfully executed.

400 The request cannot be assigned, ex. incorrect parameters.Examples:setvi.cgi?vi0=0(10000)1(15000)0(20000)1No multiple duration.setvi.cgi?vi3=0VI index is out of range.setvi.cgi?vi=1No VI index is specified.

503 The resource is unavailable, ex. Virtual input is waiting for next state.Examples:setvi.cgi?vi0=0(15000)1setvi.cgi?vi0=1Request 2 will not be accepted during the execution time(15 seconds).

8.20 Open Timeshift Stream (capability.timeshift > 0, timeshift\_enable=1, timeshift\_c\_s\_allow=1)

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

For RTSP (MP4 and H264), the user needs to input theURL below into an RTSP compatible player.

rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

“n” is the channel index.

“m” is the timeshift stream index.

For details on timeshift stream, please refer to the "TimeshiftCaching" documents.

PARAMETER	VALUE	DEFAULT	DESCRIPTION
maxsft		0 Request cached stream at most how many seconds ago.
tsmode	normal,adaptive	normal Streaming mode:normal => Full FPS all the time.adaptive => Default send only I-frame for MP4 and H.264, and send 1 FPS for MJPEG. If DI or motion window are triggered, the streaming is changed to send full FPS for 10 seconds.(*Note: this parameter also works on non-timeshift streams.)
reftime mm:ss	The time	camera receives the request.	Reference time for maxsft and minsft.(This provides more precise time control to eliminate the inaccuracy due to network latency.)Ex: Request the streaming from 12:20rtsp://10.0.0.1/live.sdp?maxsft=10&reftime=12:30
forcechk N/A	N/A Check if the requested stream enables timeshift, feature and if minsft is achievable.If false, return "415 Unsupported Media Type".
minsft		0	How many seconds of cached stream client can accept at least.(Used by forcechk)

Return Code Description
400 Bad Request Request is rejected because some parameter values are illegal.
415 Unsupported Media Type Returned, if forcechk appears,when minsft is not achievable or the timeshift feature of the target stream is not enabled.

8.21 Remote Focus

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/remotefocus.cgi?function=<value>[&direction=<value>][&position=<value>][&steps=<value>][&iris] 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
function	focus,auto,scan,stop,positioning,irisopen,irisenable,resetfocus,getstatus	Function typefocus - Move focus motorauto - Perform auto focusscan - Perform focus scanstop - Stop current operationpositioning - Position the motorsirisopen - Open iris. It will maintain this status until sending irisenable cgi.irisenable - Not open irisresetfocus - reset focus motor to default valuegetstatus-Information of motors, return value as below:remote_focus_focus_motor_max: Maximum steps of focus motorremote_focus_focus_motor_start: Start point of effective focal lengthremote_focus_focus_motor_end: End point of effective focal lengthremote_focus_focus_motor: Current position of focus motorremote_focus_focus_enable: Current function of focus motorremote_focus_value_mode: Source of focus value. 0: ISP, 1: Edge.remote_focus_iris_open: The current status of iris. 0: irisenable, 1: irisopen
directionposition 0~	direct,forward,backwardMotor's position.	Motor's moving direction.It works only if function= focus.It works only if function=zoom | focus and direction=direct.is refer to remote_focus_focus_motor_max which replied from "function=getstatus"
steps 1 ~	Motor's moving steps.	It works only if function= focus and direction=forward | backward.is refer to remote_focus_focus_motor_max which replied from "function=getstatus"
iris N/A Open iris or not.		It works only if function=auto | scan.

8.22 Export Files

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

For daylight saving time configuration file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/exportDst.cgi 

For language file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/export_language.cgi?currentlanguage=<value> 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
currentlanguage 0~20 Available language lists. Please refer to: system_info_language_i0 ~ system_info_language_i19.

For setting backup file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/export_backup.cgi?backup 

8.23 Upload Files

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: POST

Syntax:

For daylight saving time configuration file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_dst.cgi 

Post data:

filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

For language file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_lan.cgi 

Post data:

filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

For setting backup file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_backup.cgi 

Post data:

filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upload this one to camera.

8.24 Update Lens Configuration

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

For list all names of lens installed in camera:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?list_lens 

For choose selected lens configuration:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?choose_lens=<value> 

For delete selected lens configuration:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?delete_lens=<value> 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
value	Available lens name.	Please refer to: lens_default_i<0~(n-1)>_name lens_user_i<0~(n-1)>_name n is a positive integer.

Method: POST

Syntax:

For upload user-defined lens configuration:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?upload_lens 

Post data:

upload_lens_profile_input = <file name>\r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upload the lens profile to camera.

8.25 Media on demand (capability.localstorage.modnum > 0)

Media on demand allows users to select and receive/watch/listen to metadata/video/audio contents on demand.

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

rtsp://<servername>/mod.sdp?[&stime=<value>][&etime=<value>][&length=<value>][&loctime=<value>][&file=<value>][&tsmode=<value>]

PARAMETER	VALUE	DEFAULT	DESCRIPTION
stime		N/A	Start time.
etime		N/A	End time.
length	N/A The length of	media of interest.	The unit is second.
loctime	0 Specify if start/end time is local time format.	1 for local time, 0 for UTC+0
file	N/A The media file to be played.
tsmode		shift mode, the	unit is second.

Ex.

stime	etime	length	file	Description
V	V	X	X	Play recordings between stime and etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&etime=2011_0312_040510.000
V	X	V	X	Play recordings for length seconds which start from stimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&length=120
X	V	V	X	Play recordings for length seconds which ends at etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?etime=20110312_040400.000&length=120
X	X	X	V	Play file filertsp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?filename=/mnt/link0/

8.26 Fisheye local dewarp camera control (capability.fisheye > 0 and capability.fisheyelocaldewarp.c0 > 0, only support in 1R mode)

Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom wide, tele
[[&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>]] - Set speeds
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image (Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize of 10 mode.)
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&zoom=tele
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=top&speedtilt=-1
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&zooming=tele&zs=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&vx=5&vy=3&vs=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&x=700&y=700&videosize=1920x1920&resolution=1920x1920&stretch=1 

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of video source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
move home Move	to home position.
	up Move up.
	down Move down.
	left Move left.
	right Move right.
zoom wide Zoom	larger view with current	speed.
	tele Zoom further with	current speed.
speedpan -5 ~ 5	Set the pan speed of current	rent command.
speedtilt -5 ~ 5	Set the tilt speed of current	rent command.
speedzoom -5 ~ 5	Set the zoom speed of	current command.
zooming wide or tele	Zoom without stopping	ng for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs 0 ~ 6 Set the speed of zooming, "0" means stop.
vx -6 ~ 6 The direction of movement, used for joystick control.
vy -6 ~ 6
vs 0 ~ 7 Set the speed of movement, "0" means stop.
x <integer> x-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
y <integer> y-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosize		The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page of 10 content.
resolution		The resolution of streaming of 10 content.
stretch		0 indicates that it uses resolution (streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it uses videosize (plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.27 3D Privacy Mask

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype =

3Drectangle) n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

Note: This request requires admin user privilege

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/admin/setpm3d.cgi?method=&name=&[maskheight=&maskwidth=&videosize=&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
method add Add	a 3D privacy mask at current location
	delete Delete a 3D privacy mask
	edit Edit a 3D privacy mask
maskname string[40]	3D privacy mask name
maskheight integer	3D privacy mask height
maskwidth integer	3D privacy mask width
videosize	Optimal.	The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page is the size of the privacy window size. This field is not necessary, it will use the default value if not specified. 320x180 for 16:9 resolution and 320x240 for 4:3 resolution.
return		Redirect to pageafter the 3D privacy mask is configured. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.28 Camera Control (capability.ptzenabled > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?[channel=<value>][&camid=<value>]
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&focus=<value>] - Focus operation
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>][&speedlink=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&zoom=tele
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&x=300&y=200&resolution=704x480&videosize=704x480&streach=1 

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of video source.
camid 0,<positive>	integer> Camera ID.
move home Move	to camera to home position.
	up Move camera up.
	down Move camera down.
	left Move camera left.
	right	Move camera right.
speedpan	-5 ~ 5 Set the pan speed.
speedtilt	-5 ~ 5 Set the tilt speed.
speedzoom	-5 ~ 5 Set the zoom speed.
speedfocus	-5 ~ 5 Set the focus speed.
speedapp -5 ~ 5	Set the auto pan/patrol	speed.
auto pan Auto pan.
	patrol Auto patrol.
	stop Stop camera.
zoom wide Zoom	larger view with current	speed.
	tele Zoom further with	current speed.
	stop Stop zoom.
zooming wide or tele	Zoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs 0 ~ 8	Set the speed of zooming, "0" means stop.
vx		The slope of movement = vy/vx, used for joystick control.
vy
vs	0 ~ 127	Set the speed of movement, "0" means stop.
x	x-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
y	y-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosize		The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page
resolution		The resolution of streaming.
stretch		0 indicates that it usesresolution(streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it usesvideosize(plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
focus	auto	Auto focus.
	far	Focus on further distance.
	near	Focus on closer distance.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.29 Recall (capability.ptzenabled > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/viewer/recall.cgi?

recall=[&channel=]([\&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
recall string[30]	One of the present positions to recall.
channel	0~(capability_nvideoin-1)	Channel of the video source.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.30 Preset Locations (capability.ptzenabled > 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/operator/preset.cgi?[channel=]([\&addpos=][&delpos=][&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
addpos string[30]	Add one preset location to the preset list.
channel	0~(capability_nvideoin-1)	Channel of the video source.
delpos string[30]	Delete preset location from preset list.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

Model	FD836B-HTV: Vari-focal, Pairs, Remote FocusFD836B EHTV: Vari-focal, Pairs, Remote Focus, Extreme WeatherFD836B-HVF2: Fixed focalFD836B-EHVF2: Fixed-focal, Extreme Weather
System Information
CPU Multimedia SoC (System-on-Chip)
Flash 1Gb
RAM 2Gb
Camera Features
Image Sensor 1/2.8" Progressive CMOS
Maximum Resolution 1920x1080 (2MP)
Lens Type	FD836B-HTV/FD836B-EHTV: Vari-focalFD836B-HVF2/FD836B-EHVF2: Fixed focal
Focal Length	FD836B-HTV/FD836B-EHTV: f = 2.8 ~ 12 mmFD836B-HVF2/FD836B-EHVF2: f = 2.8 mm
Aperture	FD836B-HTV/FD836B-EHTV: F1.8 ~ F2.85FD836B-HVF2/FD836B-EHVF2: F2.1
Auto-Iris Pairs (FD836B-HTV/FD836B-EHTV)
Field of View	FD836B-HTV/FD836B-EHTV:42° ~ 104° (Horizontal)24° ~ 71° (Vertical)49° ~ 111° (Diagonal)FD836B-HVF2/FD836B-EHVF2:83° (Horizontal)33° (Vertical)91° (Diagonal)
Shutter Time 1/5 sec. to 1/32,000 sec.
WDR Technology WDR
Day/Night Removable IR cut filter for day & night function
Minimum Illumination	FD836B HTV/FD836B EHTV:0.05 Lux @ F1.8 (Color)0.001 Lux @ F1.8 (B/W)FD836B-HVF2/FD836B-EHVF2:0.06 Lux @ F2.1 (Color)0.001 Lux @ F2.1 (B/W)
Pan/tilt/zoomFunctionalities	ePTZ48x digital zoom (4x on IE plug in, 12x built in)
IR Illuminators	Built in IR illuminators, effective up to 30 motorswith Smart IRIR LED-8
On-board Storage MicroSD/SDHC/SDXC card slot
Video
Compression H.264 & MJPEG
Maximum Frame Rate	30 fps @ 1920x1080In both compression modes
Maximum Streams 4 simultaneous streams
S/N Ratio	58dB
Dynamic Range	100dB
Video Streaming	Adjustable resolution, quality and bitrate
Image Settings	Adjustable image size, quality and bit rate, Time stamp, textoverlay, flip & mirror, Configurable brightness, contrast,saturation, sharpness, white balance, exposure control, gain,backlight compensation, privacy masks,Scheduled profilesettings, Seamless recording, smart stream, 3D Noise Reduction,Video Rotation, Defog
Audio
Audio Capability	Two-way Audio (full duplex)
Compression G.711, G.726
Interface	External microphone inputExternal line output
Network
Users	Live viewing for up to 10 clients
Protocols	IPv6, IPv, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP/RTCP, ICMP,SMTP, FTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DONS, PWee, Cos, QoS, SNMP,802.1X, UDP, ICMP, ARP, SSL, TLS
Interface	10 Base-T/100 BaseTX Ethernet (RJ-45)It is highly recommended to use standard CATSe & CAT6 cableswhich are compliant with the 3P/ETL standard.
ONVIF	Supported, specification available at www.onvif.org
Intelligent Video
Video Motion Detection	Five-window video motion detection
VCA*	Line crossing detection, field detection, loitering detection

Available per project request.

Compatible Accessories

Mounting Kits
	AM 215 (v02)L Shape Bracket		AM 517 (v03)Adapter Ring		AM 520 (v03)Mounting Adapter	AM 713Conduit Box

All specifications are subject to change without notice. Copyright © VIVOTEK INC. All rights reserved.

Ver. 8

VIVOTEK INC.

6F, No.192, Lien-Cheng Rd., Chung-Ho,

New Taipei City, 235, Taiwan, R.O.C.

T: [phone] F: [phone]

E: [e-mail]

VIVOTEK USA

2050 Ringwood Avenue.

San Jose, CA 95131

T: 408-773-8686 F: 408-773-8298

E: [e-mail]

VIVOTEK Europe

Randstad 22-133, 1316BW Almere,

The Netherlands

T:[phone]

E: [e-mail]

VIVOTEK India

1. Best sky Tower, Plot No. F-5.

Netaji Subhash Place, Pitam Pura, Delhi-110 034

T:[phone]

E: [e-mail]

Technical Specifications

Model	FD8362-TV: Vari focal, Piris, Remote FocusFD8362-ETV: Vari focal, Pins, Remote Focus, Extreme WeatherFD8362-VF2: Fixed-focalFD8362-EVF2: Fixed-focal, Extreme Weather
System Information
CPU Multimedia SoC (System-on-Chip)
Flash 1Gb
RAM 4Gb
Camera Features
Image Sensor 1/3.2" Progressive CMOS
Maximum Resolution 2560x1920 (SMP)
Lens Type	FD8362 TV/FD8362 ETV: Vari focalFD8362-VF2/FD8362-EVF2: Fixed focal
Focal Length	FD8362-TV/FD8362-ETV: f = 3 ~ 9 mmFD8362-TV/FD8362-EVF2: f = 2.8 mm
Aperture	FD8362-TV/FD8362-ETV: F1.2 ~ F16FD8362-VF2/FD8362-EVF2: F2.1
Auto-Iris P-Ins (FD8362-TV/FD8362-ETV)
Field of View	FD8362 TV/FD8362 ETV:35 ~ 78 (Horizontal)27 ~ 54 (Vertical)44' ~ 101 (Diagonal)FD8362-VF2/FD8362-EVF2:90' (Horizontal)67 (Vertical)118' (Diagonal)
Shutter Time 1/5 sec. to 1/32,000 sec.
WDR Technology WDR Enhanced
Day/Night Removable IR-cut filter for day & night function
Minimum Illumination	FD8362-TV/FD8362-ETV:0.04 Lux @ F1.2 (Color)0.001 Lux @ F1.2 (B/W)FD8362-VF2/FD8362-EVF2:0.39 Lux @ F2.1 (Color)0.001 Lux @ F2.1 (B/W)
Pan/lt/zoomFunctionalities	ePTZ:48x digital zoom (4x on IE plug-in, 12x built in)
IR Illuminators	Built-in IR Illuminators, effective up to 30 meterswith Smart IIR LED'B
On-board Storage MicroSD/SDHC/SDXC card slot
Video
Compression H.264 & MJPEG
Maximum Frame Rate	30 fps @ 1920x1080In both compression modes
Maximum Streams 4 simultaneous streams
S/N Ratio 67dB
Dynamic Range	70dB
Video Streaming	Adjustable resolution, quality and bitrate
Image Settings	Adjustable image size, quality and bit rate, Time stamp, text overlay, flip & mirror, Configurable brightness, contrast,saturation, sharpness, white balance, exposure control, gain,backlight compensation, privacy masks,Scheduled profile settings, seamless recording, smart stream, 3D Noise Reduction,Video Rotation, Defog
Audio
Audio Capability	Two-way Audio (full duplex)
Compression G.711, G.726
Interface	External microphone inputExternal line output
Network
Users	Live viewing for up to 10 clients
Protocols	IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP/RTCP, ICMP,SMTP, FTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, PPPoE, CoS, QoS, SNMP,B02.1X, UDP, ICMP, ARP, SSL, TLS
Interface	10 Base-T/100 BaseTX Ethernet (RJ-4S)"It is highly recommended to use standard CATSe & CAT6 cables which are compliant with the 3P/ETL standard.
ONVIF	Supported, specification available at www.onvif.org
Intelligent Video
Video Motion Detection	Five-window video motion detection
VCA*	Line crossing detection, field detection, loitering detection
Alarm and Event

Available per project request

Compatible Accessories
Mounting Kits

AM-215 (v02) L Shape Bracket

AM-517 (v03) Adapter Ring

AM-520 (v03) Mounting Adapter

AM-713 Conduit Box

All specifications are subject to change without notice. Copyright © VIVOTEK INC. All rights reserved.

Ver. 4

VIVOTEK INC. 6F, No.192, Lien-Cheng Rd., Chung-Ho, New Taipei City, 235, Taiwan, R.O.C. T: [phone] F: [phone] E: [e-mail]

VIVOTEK USA 2050 Ringwood Avenue, San Jose, CA 95131 T: 408-773-8686 F: 408-773-8298 E: [e-mail]

VIVOTEK Europe Randstad 22-133, 1316BW Almere, The Netherlands T: +310036 S298434 E: [e-mail]

VIVOTEK India 602, Best sky Tower, Plot No. F-5, Netaji Subhash Place, Pitam Pura, Delhi-110 034 T: [phone] E: [e-mail]

Technology License Notice

AMR-NB Standard

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AMR-NB STANDARD PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT. WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, THE FOLLOWING LICENSORS' PATENTS MAY APPLY:

TELEFONAKIEBOLAGET ERICSSON AB: US PAT. 6192335; 6275798; 6029125; 6424938; 6058359. NOKIA CORPORATION: US PAT. 5946651; 6199035. VOICEAGE CORPORATION: AT PAT. 0516621; BE PAT. 0516621; CA PAT. 2010830; CH PAT. 0516621; DE PAT. 0516621; DK PAT. 0516621; ES PAT. 0516621; FR PAT. 0516621; GB PAT. 0516621; GR PAT. 0516621; IT PAT. 0516621; LI PAT. 0516621; LU PAT. 0516621; NL PAT. 0516621; SE PAT 0516621; US PAT 5444816; AT PAT. 819303/AT E 198805T1; AU PAT. 697256; BE PAT. 819303; BR PAT. 9604838-7; CA PAT. 2216315; CH PAT. 819303; CN PAT. ZL96193827.7; DE PAT. 819303/DE69611607T2; DK PAT. 819303; ES PAT. 819303; EP PAT. 819303; FR PAT. 819303; GB PAT. 819303; IT PAT. 819303; JP PAT. APP. 8-529817; NL PAT. 819303; SE PAT. 819303; US PAT. 5664053. THE LIST MAY BE UPDATED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LICENSORS AND A CURRENT VERSION OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE ON LICENSOR'S WEBSITE AT HTTP://WWW.VOICEAGE.COM.

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

FCC Statement

This device compiles with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions.

■ This device may not cause harmful interference, and
■ This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a partial installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

■ Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
■ Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
■ Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
■ Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Shielded interface cables must be used in order to comply with emission limits.

CE Mark Warning

This is a Class B product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

VCCI Warning

VIVOTEK Inc. cannot be held responsible for any technical or typographical errors and reserves the right to make changes to the product and manuals without prior notice. VIVOTEK Inc. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to the material contained within this document, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose.